Program and Course Search

A

Academic Upgrading

Looking to upgrade your skills? Want to get into that awesome first-year course or program? Improve subject understanding, study skills and complete prerequisite courses.
Program at a Glance
Length
There is no specific program length, courses run every term and certificates can be completed on any timeline
Campus
All Campuses
Intake Dates
Fall
Winter
Spring
Contacts
Upgrading Assistant
Phone
1 (250) 365-7292
13230
Direct
1 (250) 354-3230
Andrea Maxie
School Chair
Phone
1 (250) 365-7292
13216
Direct
1 (250) 354-3216
    Overview

    Get started on a new path. If you’re looking to develop your skills, complete prerequisite courses for entry into college or university, or get your BC Adult Graduation Diploma—the “Adult Dogwood”—upgrading can help you get there. Upgrade in Castlegar, Grand Forks, Kaslo, Nakusp, Nelson (Silver King) or Trail.

    Learn in a Supportive Atmosphere

    • Take the courses you need to meet your goals. 
    • Get help with difficult concepts from other courses.
    • Attend classes or work on your own.
    • Understand the way you learn best.
    • Get instruction and support when you need it to improve basic skills, like reading, writing and math.

    Pathways to High-Demand Careers

    Ready for a change? Our pathways to high-demand careers offer as much or as little support as you need. Access advising, funding, prerequisites, study skills and more to pursue the future you've always wanted. 

    Explore Pathways

    Tuition Free

    Upgrading courses are tuition free. The BC government funds Adult Basic Education. You can also apply for the Adult Upgrading Grant (AUG), a government grant to help you cover any additional costs of returning to school. It can help with transportation, unsubsidized daycare and the cost of supplies and student fees.

    For more information, or to register get in touch!

     Contact Us

    Program Outcomes

    Learners participating in Academic Upgrading courses at Selkirk College will finish their studies being able to demonstrate a number of the program outcomes:

    1. Demonstrate increased self-confidence
    2. Manage financial matters by applying principles of numeracy, accounting and integration of relevant technology
    3. Use appropriate verbal, non-verbal and written skills to communicate
    4. Develop effective learning strategies and adapt them to new situations
    5. Create realistic personal, work and educational goals and plans to achieve them
    6. Exhibit positive professional behaviour and employment related skills that maximize opportunities for success
    7. Demonstrate resilience, creativity and critical thinking in challenging situations
    8. Participate effectively as part of a team and in society
    9. Identify personal values, make decisions and balance responsibilities to increase well-being
    10. Practice appropriate safety procedures
    11. Use current and emerging technology effectively

    Students applying to Academic Upgrading are not subject to the general admission requirements for Selkirk College.

    • All applicants will meet with an instructor to discuss past education and current academic goals and choose an appropriate set of courses.

    The College Readiness Tool is used for advising on course level placement. Students will write the CRT assessment prior to course registration to help instructors determine ideal course level placement. Program Chair or designate, in consultation with Assessment Services, will determine which subtests of the CRT will be required and the cut off scores for each subtest, in order to verify an applicant's potential for success and program admission.

    Students must be 18 years of age or over at the time of registration.

    • Notwithstanding the above, students 16 or 17 years of age may be considered for admission. Students will be assessed for admission based on referral to the program by a parent/guardian, a secondary school or other professional (e.g., social worker, counsellor).
    • In addition, the instructor who met with the student must be satisfied that the underage student can perform in an adult learning environment. Such admission decisions will be made by the intake instructors under the supervision of the school chair.

    Note: It is Selkirk College’s intention to work collaboratively with our local school districts to ensure an underaged student’s needs are best met by programming in the post-secondary system.

    Additional Requirements

    Before an applicant’s file is considered to be complete, a student must:

    • Meet with an instructor (in person or by telephone)
    • Complete a Selkirk College Application for Admission Form
    • Sign their completed Course Registration Form
    • Complete funding paperwork: forms for either an Adult Upgrading Grant, Supplemental Adult Upgrading Bursary or a funding Opt Out form, including any associated documentation required (childcare subsidy form, appendices, proof of income)
    Graduation and Promotion

    Selkirk College awards certificates of completion at the Fundamental, Intermediate and Advanced Levels, and the Adult Dogwood Diploma.

    The British Columbia Adult Graduation Diploma (BCAGD) is recognized by colleges, institutes and universities in the British Columbia public post-secondary system. To be eligible to graduate with an "Adult Dogwood," students 18 years of age or over must have completed five courses.

    BC Adult Graduation Diploma Requirements

    A provincial-level English or higher

    An advanced-level or higher mathematics

    Three additional courses at the provincial level or higher

    OR

    Advanced social sciences and two provincial-level courses or higher

    Courses and credits can be counted from post-secondary institutions, secondary schools and often from workplace or other learning establishments.

    Upgrading instructors and college counsellors can help to determine which courses count toward the Adult Dogwood.

    Selkirk College also awards certificates of completion at the Fundamental, Intermediate and Advanced levels.

    A principle of delivery of education at the fundamental and intermediate level is that students must demonstrate mastery of the learning outcomes associated with a section of the course.

    1. Fundamental level courses

    a) Students in Fundamental Level courses will create an Academic Plan, which includes the student’s education goals and the education pathway, timeline and courses to achieve it.

    b) Progress through Fundamental level courses is competency-based and requires the following:

    i. achieving 80% or more on formative evaluations

    ii. achieving 70% or more on summative evaluations

    iii. passing final examination

    iv. achieving the learning outcomes set out in each course outline

    2. Intermediate level courses

    a) Progress through Intermediate level courses is competency-based and requires the following:

    i.) achieving 80% or more on formative evaluations

    ii. achieving 70% or more on summative evaluations

    iii. passing final examination

    iv. achieving the learning outcomes set out in the course outline

    PROMOTION

    Students in good standing are eligible to attempt an Academic Upgrading course a second time without special permission. Third or more course attempts are possible with the approval of the Academic Upgrading School Chair or Dean. Approval is granted based on the rationale provided in the student’s Academic Plan.

    In the Academic Upgrading program it is not necessary to obtain a level certificate in order to take courses at the next level. However, some courses in the subject areas are sequential and must be completed in order.

    Provincial Level Courses

    BIOL 60 Biology - Provincial Level provides an introduction to cell biology and human physiology. Students will learn about cell biology, mitosis and meiosis, bioenergetics, homeostasis, genetics, respiration, excretion, bones and muscles, nerves and immunity. This course is designed to help students build laboratory and field skills, scientific communication skills and critical thinking skills. Upon completion, students are prepared for post-secondary studies in Biology, Physiology and Health Sciences. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma. This course is equivalent to Biology 12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 50 or equivalent skills.
    Credits
    0.00

    CHEM 60 Chemistry - Provincial Level is a study of practical chemistry. Students will study reaction kinetics, equilibrium, acid-base reactions, oxidation-reduction, and gas laws. The lab portion of this course develops student skills in laboratory safety, chemistry lab procedures and techniques, data collection, analysis, and scientific communication. Upon completion of this course, students are prepared for academic post-secondary science studies. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma. This course is equivalent to Chemistry 12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended CHEM 50 and MATH 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    CPSC 60 Computer Science - Provincial Level is designed to prepare students for a career or program of studies where logical thought and structured design processes are required. Students will develop problem-solving skills whereby they are able to analyze a problem, devise an algorithm or process to solve the problem, use this process to write a computer implementation of the solution using the Python (or other as appropriate) Programming Language, and test the solution.

    This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    CPST 60 Computer Studies: Provincial Level – This course provides students with an opportunity to showcase their skills in areas of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) that interest them. Students collaborate with instructors to develop three projects that meet the required provincial learning outcomes. For each project, students develop a proposal, write an interim progress report and present their finished project.  Independent thinking and strong research skills are needed to complete the course successfully.

     

    Upon completion of this course, students are prepared for post-secondary studies in multimedia. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

     

    CPST 60 is equivalent to Computer Studies 12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended CPST 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    EDCP 60 Education and Career Planning - Provincial Level is intended to enhance skills for further education and employment.  Topics covered include personal awareness, communication, cultural diversity, education and career exploration, job search, study skills, and financial management.

     

    This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 40 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    EDSS 60 Student Success, Provincial Level is for students to develop the learning skills, study strategies and self-awareness necessary for students to experience success as life-long learners.

     

    This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 40 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    ENGL 60 English - Provincial Level is for students to upgrade their English skills. Students will develop academic English reading, writing, research, critical thinking and communications skills through studying Canadian literature. Various works of short fiction, poetry, plays and a novel are explored through discussion and analysis, while academic essay skills are developed throughout the course.

    Upon completion of this course, students are prepared for academic post-secondary studies. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    ENGL 60 is equivalent to English 12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    ENGL 66 Essential English - Provincial Level is for students to upgrade their English skills. Students will develop practical skills in reading, writing and communicating. These skills will enable students to perform the tasks required by their occupation and other aspects of daily life.

     

    This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

     

    ENGL 66 is equivalent to Communications12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 40 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    GEOG 60 Geography – Provincial Level provides an introduction into physical and human geography. Specifically, students will develop an understanding of geomorphology, gradational processes, meteorology, climate change, and demography. An important component of this course is the interconnection between human activities and the earth’s physical systems and resources. Students will develop skills in analyzing and interpreting data from maps, tables, graphs and text.

     

    This course prepares students for further studies in social sciences at the post-secondary level. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

     

    GEOG 60 is equivalent to Grade 12 Geography.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    HIST 60 History – Provincial Level examines the major social, economic and political movements from the late 1900's into the 21st century. Students develop an understanding of global events, from war to social movements to economic crises as presented through text, video and lecture/discussion. Students learn how global issues are interconnected geographically and politically. Skills to analyze events and to write brief synopses for presentations are developed.

    This course prepares students for further studies in social sciences at the post-secondary level. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    HIST 60 is equivalent to History 12.

    Prerequisites
    ENGL 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    INDG 60 Indigenous Ways Through Art - Provincial Level. Under the guidance and mentorship of local Elders, artists and facilitators, and drawing on the collective knowledge of the participants, the course will explore topics including: colonization, reconciliation, traditional knowledge, and identity how these concerns manifest physically and aesthetically in contemporary art practices. Students will become more aware of Indigenous peoples and their ways of knowing, their relationship with community and the land, their history before and after European contact in an arts-based teaching and learning environment.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    MATH 60 Algebra and Trigonometry - Provincial Level is for students to upgrade their mathematics skills. Students will review basic algebra and study the following topics: functions and graphs including transformations, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions, and arithmetic and geometric sequences and series. This course will help prepare students for academic or technical post-secondary studies in mathematics, engineering or sciences. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma. This course is the equivalent to Pre-calculus 12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    PHYS 60 Physics - Provincial Level further develops physics' core concepts, building upon introductory material. In this course students explore the nature, scope, relevance and limitations of physics. Students will study two-dimensional kinematics and dynamics, electrostatics, electromagnetism, waves and optics. Upon completion of this course, students are ready to enter further post-secondary studies in physics. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma. This course is equivalent to Physics 12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended PHYS 50 and MATH 50 or equivalent skills
    Corequisites
    MATH 60 or equivalents skills
    Credits
    0.00

    PORT 60 Portfolio – Provincial Level guides students through the creation of a comprehensive portfolio to showcase past and current knowledge, skills, and abilities within a specific theme. Students examine types and purposes of portfolios, document and reflect upon their own experiences, and design and present their portfolio. Portfolios help students in a variety of settings, for example to gain employment or admission to post-secondary programs or to capture experiential learning.

    This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 40 or equivalent skills.
    Credits
    0.00

    SOST 60 Social Studies: Introduction to Psychology – Provincial Level provides an exploration of the foundations of modern psychology. Students study emotion, perception, personality, intelligence, motivation, learning and memory. The influence of heredity, culture, gender and age on psychological health is investigated by the students. Current psychological research is incorporated throughout the course.

    This course prepares students for further studies in social sciences at the post-secondary level. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    This course is equivalent to Psychology 12.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 50 or equivalent skills.
    Credits
    0.00

    WORK 60 Workplace Experience - Provincial Level is intended to provide students with a framework to recognize previous work experience. The course includes opportunities to demonstrate knowledge about the workplace and skills and experience gained at work. Students prepare a job posting and participate in all aspects of applying for the posted job in order to show their awareness of workplace health and safety, effective communication, workplace ethics, and labour relations, as well as mastery of technical and applied skills, knowledge, and attitude for success in the workplace.

    Credits
    0.00

    ADGD 60 Certificate(s) Earned – Provincial level is a course enabling representation of previously-completed external learning completed as an adult. Proof of learning in non-credential courses or training is assessed by an Academic Upgrading instructor to be at least 100 hours in duration, to have delivered and assessed explicit learning outcomes, and to have assigned some grade that indicates to what degree the learner has met the learning outcomes. Examples include workplace certifications like Level 3 First Aid and Class 1 Driver’s License, micro-credentials like Anti-racism or Drone operator training. The upgrading instructor will assess the external learning to ensure it meets the criteria.
    Credits
    0.00

    *Minimum requirements are listed; higher-level courses may be substituted

    **ADGD 60 – Adult Graduation course representing learning completed as an adult that is at least 100 hours in duration and delivers and assesses explicit learning outcomes to determine to what degree the learner has met the learning outcomes (eg. assigned a letter grade, pass or completion). Examples include workplace certifications like Level 3 First Aid and Class 1 Driver’s License, micro-credentials like Anti-racism or Drone operator training.

    To acquire this credential, students must

    · be a minimum of 18 years of age,

    · complete at least three courses after entering an adult learning program (by enrolling in courses or by Prior Learning Assessment. See Policy 8614)

    · use no more than two high school-level courses toward the BCAGD.

    The BC government oversees adult education and graduation credentials. Information is found here.

    Advanced Level Courses

    BIOL 50 Biology - Advanced Level introduces students to biology: the study of living organisms and life processes. Students will study the diversity of life, plant and animal cells, ecology, and evolution, exploring concepts in the classroom, laboratory and in field. Building upon life experiences, students improve their understanding of the natural world and their role in it. The course is designed to build a student's laboratory and field skills, scientific communication skills, and critical thinking skills. This course prepares the student for further studies in biology, natural resources and earth sciences. This course is equivalent to Biology 11.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 50 or equivalent skills.
    Credits
    0.00

    CHEM 50 Chemistry - Advanced Level is a course for students with little or no previous experience in chemistry. Students will study basic chemical properties, principles and procedures, nomenclature, and chemical reactions, acids and bases, and an introduction to organic chemistry. Lab experiments provide an opportunity to work with standard lab ware and apparatus, observe a variety of chemical compounds and reactions, and perform some quantitative measurements.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 49 or equivalent skills.
    Corequisites
    MATH 50
    Credits
    0.00

    CPST 50 Computer Studies - Advanced Level is an introduction to word processing using Word, spreadsheets using Excel, and databases using Access. Students will learn about computer security (viruses and other malware) and critical thinking as applied to computers. Practical exercises and projects are used to apply new concepts throughout the course, including an internet research report project.

    Students will develop an understanding of computers and concepts to aid the students’ employment opportunities, personal productivity, and enjoyment. This course will provide students with a survey of the major applications of computers and enable the students to acquire skills to contribute and participate productively in society.

    Upon completion of Computer Studies 50, students are ready to enter Computer Studies 60 - Provincial Level or further post-secondary studies in office or business administration, or computer applications.

    Computer Studies 50 is equivalent to Computers 11.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended CPST 40 and ENGL 40 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    ENGL 50 English - Advanced Level is for students to upgrade their English skills. Through reading and writing, students will focus on critical and creative thinking, demonstrate oral and written communication, and develop reading, research, and cooperative learning. This course is designed to help students become natural, confident communicators. Students will engage in discussions and activities which will cover a diversity of topics, including: pre-writing strategies, essay development, summarizing, critical reading, plagiarism, grammar, and dictionary use.

     

    Upon completion of ENGL 50 students are ready to enter ENGL 60: English – Provincial Level.

     

    ENGL 50 is equivalent to Grade 11 English.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 40 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    MATH 50 Algebra - Advanced Level is for students to upgrade their mathematics skills. Students will begin with an algebraic skills review and move on to develop skills in solving and graphing linear equations and inequalities, relations and functions, and systems of linear equations and inequalities. They will study operations with polynomials and polynomial functions, rational expressions and equations, radical expressions and equations, quadratic equations and functions and be introduced to trigonometric functions. Upon completion of Math 50, students are ready to enter Math 60 (Pre-calculus 12 equivalent) or non-science or career post-secondary programs. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma. This course is the equivalent to Pre-calculus 11.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 49 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    MATH 54 Mathematics: Advanced Level - Business/Technical is for students to upgrade their mathematics skills. Students will begin with an initial review of equations, inequalities and graphing and will move on to develop skills in selected topics covering both consumer and technical math. This is a math course with an applied focus designed for those planning to enter the workforce or take vocational or technical training in the future. This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 46 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    MATH 56 Foundations Mathematics - Advanced Level is for students to upgrade their mathematics skills. Students will study financial math, measurement, algebra, geometry, statistics, logical reasoning, and trigonometry. Students will develop various problem-solving strategies throughout the course.

    This course is for students who are interested in gaining entry to some non-science career programs and/or earning credit for their BC Adult Graduation Diploma (Adult Dogwood).

    This course is equivalent to Foundations Math 11.

    This course qualifies for the BC Adult Graduation Diploma.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 46 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    PHYS 50 Introduction to Physics - Advanced Level introduces students to physics as a study of the fundamental laws of nature. Students will study measurement, kinematics, dynamics, electricity, heat, waves and optics. This course aims to foster and develop a scientific way of thinking and a basic knowledge of scientific ideas. This course prepares the student for further studies in physics and provides groundwork for further academic or career training. This course is equivalent to Physics 11.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 49 or equivalent skills
    Corequisites
    MATH 50 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    SOST 50 Social Studies – Advanced Level is for students to upgrade their social studies skills. Students begin by focusing on the emergence of Canada as an autonomous nation before World War I and changes in the Canadian identity up to the present day. Students will also study the government of Canada and Canadian political trends as well as an analysis of global issues and how these affect Canadians. The course aims to advance the learner toward five goals: global citizenship, broadened perspectives, critical thinking skills, analysis of values, and lifelong learning skills.

    Upon completion of SOST 50, students are ready to enter SOST 60.

    This course is equivalent to Social Studies 11.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended ENGL 40 or equivalent skills.
    Credits
    0.00
    Intermediate Level Courses

    CPST 40 Computer Studies - Intermediate Level is designed to help students develop a range of computer skills to use in everyday life, including personal, work, and educational environments. Students will develop a practical knowledge of computer technology, customize their physical and digital workspaces, learn how to stay safe online, improve their keyboarding technique, create professional quality word processing documents, and develop basic presentations or spreadsheets. The practical skills and understanding in this course can help students become more confident and work more efficiently with a computer.

    Upon completion, students are prepared to enter CPST 50 Computer Studies - Advanced level

    Prerequisites
    Recommended CPST 02 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    EDCP 49 Education and Career Planning – Intermediate level aims to enhance the life and employment readiness skills of adult learners.  Students develop a set of core skills to help them meet their personal, career, and educational goals.  Specifically, students will investigate and practice a variety of communications skills applied to workplace settings.  Students will also explore personal skills and values, workplace ethics and safety, and job search methods.  The course will culminate with the creation of a sample career portfolio.

     

    This course can be used to complete the Intermediate Level Foundation for Work Certificate.

    Credits
    0.00

    Math 44 Intermediate Mathematics provides a solid foundation in number operations. Topics include estimation, measurement, fractions, ratio and proportion, percent, geometry, statistics, signed numbers, exponents, and algebra. This course is a terminal math course; students looking for a trades prerequisite need Math 46 and students looking for an algebra pre-requisite need Math 49.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MSK 04 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    MATH 46 Mathematics - Intermediate Level is for students to upgrade their mathematics skills. This math course provides a solid foundation in number operations. Topics include estimation, measurement, fractions, ratio and proportion, percent, geometry, statistics, signed numbers, exponents, algebra, trigonometry, graphing and polynomials. This course prepares students for most trades programs with the exception of Electrical Foundation.

    This course is equivalent to grade 10 developmental mathematics.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MSK 05 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    MATH 49 Introductory Algebra - Intermediate level provides an introduction to algebra. Topics include a review of number functions, followed by an introduction to real numbers, equations and inequalities, polynomials, rational expressions, graphing linear equations and inequalities and systems of equations. A brief introduction to trigonometry completes this course. Completing this course prepares students for Math 50.

    Prerequisites
    Recommended MATH 46 or equivalent skills
    Credits
    0.00

    This course introduces adults to social science in a Canadian context. Topics include history, cultural diversity, the role of First Nations, economics and Canadian government, law, and citizenship. This course provides a solid foundation for understanding Canadian society.
    Prerequisites
    None
    Corequisites
    None
    Credits
    0.00

    SCIE 40 Science Intermediate Level introduces adult learners to the study of science in general, the scientific method, and to the three major areas of scientific study: biology, chemistry and physics. One additional topic, such as astronomy, geology, nutrition, infectious diseases, or disabilities is included. Hands-on experiments in each area of study develop science laboratory techniques and skills while increasing understanding of course topics.

    SCIE 40 prepares students for courses in biology, physics, and chemistry at the Advanced (50) level.

    Credits
    0.00
    Fundamental Level Courses

    CPST 02 Computer Studies: Fundamental Level course helps students develop basic computer skills, essential to education, work and personal life. Students will gain confidence performing basic computer operations, working online, using email and video conferencing software, and creating word processing documents. Students will also learn about computer systems and uses in society, develop touch-typing technique, and manage their digital files.

     

    Upon completion, students are prepared to enter CPST 40 Computer Studies: Intermediate Level—Computer Skills.

    Credits
    0.00

    EDCP 02 Education and Career Planning – Fundamental level aims to enhance the life and employment readiness skills of adult learners. Students develop a set of core skills to help them meet their personal, career, and educational goals.  Students begin with an exploration of personal qualities, develop communication skills, explore email etiquette and safety. Working with others, problem solving and decision-making all contribute to the development of their core skills.  They will also study education and career planning, goal setting, and personal finances.

     

    Students will be ready to enter an Intermediate (Grade 10) level Education & Career Planning course, upon completion of this course.

    Credits
    0.00

    ESK 01 Fundamental English Level 1 is for students who are ready to develop their skills with the printed word. This course is designed to foster learners' basic reading and writing abilities and to help students gain the skills to cope well in personal, work and educational situations. Throughout the six levels of Fundamental English, students will improve their reading and writing skills. Students begin at the level that is right for them. Upon completion of Fundamental English Level 6, students are ready to enter an Intermediate (Grade 10) level English course.

    Credits
    0.00

    ESK 02 Fundamental English Level 2 is for students who are ready to build on their existing skills to start reading simple passages and writing complete sentences. This course is designed to foster learners - basic English abilities and to help students gain the skills to cope well in personal, work and educational situations. Throughout the six levels of Fundamental English, students will improve their reading and writing skills. Students begin at the level that is right for them. Upon completion of Fundamental English Level 6, students are ready to enter an Intermediate (Grade 10) level English course.

    Credits
    0.00

    ESK 03 Fundamental English Level 3 is for students who are ready to build on their existing skills to read longer written passages and write short passages and messages. This course is designed to develop learners' basic English abilities and to help students gain the skills to cope well in personal, work and educational situations. Throughout the six levels of Fundamental English, students will improve their reading and writing skills. Students begin at the level that is right for them. Upon completion of Fundamental English Level 6, students are ready to enter an Intermediate (Grade 10) level English course.

    Credits
    0.00

    ESK 04 Fundamental English Level 4 is for students who are ready to read longer passages on less familiar topics and write in paragraphs using complex sentences. This course is designed to foster learners' English abilities and to help students gain the skills to cope well in personal, work and educational situations. Throughout the six levels of Fundamental English, students will improve their reading and writing skills. Students begin at the level that is right for them. Upon completion of Fundamental English Level 6, students are ready to enter an Intermediate (Grade 10) level English course.

    Credits
    0.00

    ESK 05 Fundamental English Level 5 is for students who are ready to expand their reading comprehension skills, and to write longer passages. This course is designed to foster learners' English abilities and to help students gain the skills to cope well in personal, work and educational situations. Throughout the six levels of Fundamental English, students will improve their reading and writing skills. Students begin at the level that is right for them. Upon completion of Fundamental English Level 6, students are ready to enter an Intermediate (Grade 10) level English course.

    Credits
    0.00

    ESK 06 Fundamental English Level 6 is for students who are ready to read and analyze short stories and other forms of literature and to write long paragraphs on abstract topics. This course is designed to foster learners' English abilities and to help students gain the skills to cope well in personal, work and educational situations. Throughout the six levels of Fundamental English, students will improve their reading and writing skills. Students begin at the level that is right for them. Upon completion of Fundamental English Level 6, students are ready to enter an Intermediate (Grade 10) level English course.

    Credits
    0.00

    MSK 01 Fundamental Math Level 1 is a course for adults who need to learn about the number system, about adding and subtracting numbers (without carrying or borrowing), about simple geometry and about time.

    Prerequisites
    Ability to speak and understand English
    Credits
    0.00

    MSK 02 Fundamental Math Level 2 is a course for adults who need to learn about the number system, about adding (with carrying) and subtracting numbers (without and with borrowing), about making change from a $1.00, about simple geometry (perimeter) and about time.

    Prerequisites
    Ability to speak and understand English
    Credits
    0.00

    MSK 03 Fundamental Math Level 3 is a course for adults who need to learn multiplying and dividing numbers, making change from a $100, simple geometry, time and the metric system.

    Prerequisites
    Ability to speak and understand English
    Credits
    0.00

    MSK 04 Fundamental Math Level 4 is a course for adults who need to learn about decimals (place value), rounding, adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing decimals, metric system, Imperial system and perimeter and area using decimals.

    Prerequisites
    Ability to speak and understand English
    Corequisites
    None
    Credits
    0.00

    MSK 05 Fundamental Math Level 5 is a course for adults who need to learn about fractions, adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing fractions, and calculating perimeter and area using a formula.

    Prerequisites
    Ability to speak and understand English
    Credits
    0.00

    MSK 06 Fundamental Math Level 6 is a course for adults who need to learn about ratio, proportion and percents; converting between decimals, fractions and percents; calculating using percent; and graphs.

    Prerequisites
    Ability to speak and understand English
    Corequisites
    None.
    Credits
    0.00

    SSK 01 Skills and Strategies for Learning Level I is for adults who have had some practice with the printed word. It is designed to meet the basic skills and strategies for learning and to help students gain the skills to cope well in personal, work and education situations.
    Credits
    0.00

    Prerequisites
    None.
    Corequisites
    None.
    Credits
    0.00

    Prerequisites
    None.
    Corequisites
    None.
    Credits
    0.00

    Prerequisites
    None.
    Corequisites
    None.
    Credits
    0.00

    Prerequisites
    None.
    Corequisites
    None.
    Credits
    0.00

    Prerequisites
    None.
    Corequisites
    None.
    Credits
    0.00

    SSK 01-06 Skills and Strategies for Learning are available for students to take. Please see your program advisor for information on these tutorial courses.

    Effective Term:

    Fall, Winter, Spring

    Effective Year:

    20240801

    Advanced Standing:

    ADVANCE OR TRANSFER CREDIT AND PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT

    A student may obtain credit for a maximum of 80% of certificate requirements by Transfer Credit, Advanced Placement, Prior Learning Assessment or combination thereof. For more information, see Policy 8614: Advanced Standing.

    .

    Re-Entry Instructions:

    1. Students in good standing who must interrupt their program of studies may apply for readmission.

    2. Re-entry to the Academic Upgrading program is permitted as space becomes available.

    .

    Assessment:

    Grading

    a) Fundamental level courses will be based on Competency Based Grades Table found in Selkirk College Policy 8612: Competency Based Grades Table.

    b) Intermediate, Advanced and Provincial level courses follow the College’s letter grade system found in Policy 8612: Academic Upgrading Grading Table.

    c) No GPA is calculated for upgrading courses.

    .

    Grading Table:

    Standard Academic Upgrading Programs

    Types of Assessments:

    Assessments

    a) Students are expected to complete the course outcomes independently and with original work unless otherwise specified by the instructor.

    b) Students are assessed and graded for each course outcome as indicated in the respective course outline.

    c) Exams, labs, group or individual projects, assignments, presentations, professionalism and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

    d) Missed assignments and tests will receive a zero mark if not submitted. However, in some courses it may be mandatory to submit all assignments to an acceptable level and/or to write all exams in order to receive credit for the course.

    e) Individual course outlines may have other specific requirements for assignments, grades, and/or
    examinations.

    f) If accepted, late assignments may be subject to penalty as indicated in the respective course outline.

    Examinations

    a) Students in an upgrading course must receive a passing grade on the final exam in order to pass the course.

    b) Students may be allowed to make alternative exam arrangements, with the appropriate instructor, for valid and verifiable reasons such as medical emergency, family bereavement, or jury duty.

    c) Tests and exams will be retained by the instructor. Students wishing to review a final exam should make arrangements with their instructor.

    d) Students who have not completed all assigned work and exams must obtain the instructor’s approval to write the final exam before the exam date. The instructor may require the student to prepare a plan for completion of outstanding work.

    .

    Other Regulations:

    Cheating and Plagiarism See Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism

    .

    B

    Business Administration - Advanced Diploma

    Program at a Glance
    Length
    1 year
    Credential
    Advanced Diploma
    Campus
    Castlegar
    Intake Dates
    Fall
    Winter
    Spring
    Contacts
      Overview

      Get the knowledge and skills required for a high-paying and dynamic career in business.

      The Selkirk College advantage:
       

      • Affordable, quality instruction

      • Flexible, full or part-time studies

      • Small class sizes and personalized attention

      • Veteran instructors still working in their industry

      • Real-world work experience through co-op and integrated learning

      • Our courses transfer to a variety of bachelor’s degree programs in BC colleges and universities

      Program Outcomes

      Upon successful completion of this program, learners will be able to:

      1. Further develop the outcomes of the Selkirk Diploma in Business Administration
      2. To provide transferrable courses to an Okanagan College Bachelor’s degree specifically, and to other Business programs generally

      Successful completion of the Selkirk College Business Administration program or equivalent

      Additional Requirements
      • Official admission to this program will not take place until completion or the academic requirement is met; however, students may be able to access courses from within this program subject to availability.
      • Entry may be limited by space limitations.
      • Students admitted to a specific program will be given preferred access to that program’s courses.
      • It is the student’s responsibility to correspond with receiving institutions to ensure that their Selkirk College course selection will meet their Bachelor of Business Administration educational goals.

      1. Part-time Study

      a) The program encourages and supports part-time study.

      2. Co-op Education

      a) The Co-op Education Program of work terms will be an option within this program.

      APPLICATION PROCESS

      1. Before an applicant’s file is considered to be complete, the following must have been received by the Admissions Department:

      a) Completed application form.

      b) The appropriate official transcripts.

      2. The deadline for receiving required documentation is stated in the student’s admissions letter.

      3. An interview (in person or by telephone) with the Program Coordinator or designate may be required before entry to the program. Interview results are not used as criteria for admission.

      Graduation and Promotion

      1. To be promoted in good standing, a student must achieve a minimum GPA of 2.00.

      2. To be qualified for automatic admission into a course which stipulates a prerequisite, a minimum grade of “C” or better must be achieved in the prerequisite course, unless the course concerned requires a higher grade.

      3. Students will not be permitted to exceed a full semester course load except with the permission of the School Chair or designate.

      4. Two (2) failures in a non-elective course are normally cause for withdrawal from the program. A third attempt at a course may be made at the discretion of the School Chair or designate.

      5. Any student who has left the program because of unsatisfactory performance may be readmitted with the approval of the School Chair or designate after consultation with Faculty members.

      Note: A student who has completed the graduation requirements with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or better and no “C+” or lower grades in any subject will be designated as graduating with Honours.

      1. Requirements: (see Policy 8617: Graduation)

      2. Students must complete 30 credits comprised of the following:

      (a) Up to 9 credits from Selkirk College School of UAS

      (b) Up to 30 credits from Selkirk College School of Business that have not been taken in their previous Diploma

      (c) The student is advised to consult with the receiving institution to validate that Selkirk College courses will transfer into their preferred program plan.

      If the student completed TWC 164 Technical Writing as part of the Business Administration two-year diploma, then the student may want to consider taking ENGL 110 English Composition and vice versa.

      If the student completed TWC 164 Technical Writing as part of the Business Administration two-year diploma, then the student may want to consider taking ENGL 110 English Composition and vice versa.

      Required Courses

      Accounting/Finance Concentration

      ADMN 230 Project Management is designed as a first course in project management. Building foundation skills in project management is of value to anyone who is currently facing project planning and management challenges at work or to students in Business Administration Professional Management or technology programs. ADMN 230 Project Management gives you the foundation, experience, techniques and tools to: - Learn the 10 Project Management Knowledge Areas - plan a project effectively and successfully - manage each stage of the project life cycle successfully - work with organizational constraints - set goals and objectives tied directly to stakeholder needs - get the most from your project management team - utilize state-of-the-art project management tools to get the work done on time, within scope and on budget.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 170 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      ADMN 286 Human Resource Management is an examination of how to most effectively utilize and manage the human element in work organizations including staffing, training and development, appraisal and compensation, industrial relations and human resources planning.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 170 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      ADMN 293 Electronic Commerce for Professional Management majors in the Business Administration diploma program. This course may also be of interest to students who are interested in learning about implementing e-commerce strategies in an organization. ADMN 293 Electronic Commerce is an introduction to the business models, strategies, marketing design and analytic systems of electronic commerce business solutions. The role of electronic commerce in changing society is also an important topic. The primary aim of ADMN 293 Electronic Commerce is to identify key management considerations required in implementing e-commerce business solutions.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 181 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      ADMN 296 International Business offers an in-depth review of basic concepts, institutional practices and developments in the global business environment. The course also offers an introduction to international business management. Core management topics will be examined within an international framework.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 181 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      COMM 220 Principles of Organizational Behaviour is an introduction to the behaviour, relationships, and performance of individuals and groups in work organizations as well as the nature of organizational structure and processes. Organizational dynamics are examined with a view to creating an effective working environment from a human perspective.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 170 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00
      Electives

      Choose any five courses from the following:

      ADMN 399 Directed Studies Business involves students engaging in independent study, research, and practice related to a topic in business under faculty supervision.

      Prerequisites
      Program CGPA of 3.0 or above. Approval by School Chair.
      Credits
      3.00

      ADMN 265 Operations Management studies business operations fundamentals such as demand management, forecasting, inventory control, the EOQ model, scheduling, project management, aggregate planning, materials management, value analysis, supplier management, quality management and service center management. The concepts of sustainability and sustainable business practices will be integrated into the different topics.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 170 and STAT 105, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
      Credits
      3.00

      ADMN 310 Events Management and Marketing includes the creation of an event management plan for a potential client. A situation analysis will investigate consumer behaviour, targeting and position as related to the planning and operation of events. Further development of the management plan will require an examination and the application of integrated marketing communications, sales, sponsorship, budgeting, risk management, staging, logistics and performance measures.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 171
      ADMN 181
      COMM 220
      COMM 240
      Credits
      3.00

      BUS 388 Personal Finance explores key personal financial management concepts with a goal of creating an effective personal financial plan. Major concepts include consumer credit, asset management, the time value of money, investments, tax strategies, retirement planning, and estate planning.

      Prerequisites
      BUS 300 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      BUS 389 Retail Management is a demanding and complex business, which is facing extensive changes and challenges due to factors like: e-commerce, globalization, changing consumer preferences, and more. Skilled retail managers are required to help companies navigate their new environment.

       

      This course provides an introduction to retail management and will provide a foundation for those students who plan to work in retailing or related disciplines. Topics will focus on key functional areas in the retail business, including merchandising, HR, financial strategy, sales, customer service, marketing and more.

      Prerequisites
      BUS 350 and BUS 381 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      BUS 415 Leadership examines the theory and practical application of leadership. It covers the latest thinking in leadership theory and contemporary practices at work within organizations in a global economy. Topics such as motivation, strategic planning, team building and negotiation will be explored.

      Prerequisites
      BUS 370 and BUS 320, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Except in BUS 320, a minimum of 68% is required.
      Credits
      3.00

      Choose up to four courses from University Arts and Sciences

      See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

      If the student completed TWC 164 Technical Writing as part of the Business Administration two-year diploma, then the student may want to consider taking ENGL 110 English Composition and vice versa.

      Required Courses

      Professional Management Concentration

      ADMN 269 Information Systems is an introductory course that covers the use of computer-based information systems in management and accounting. After completing this course, students will have the knowledge required to make informed decisions about the applications of information technology. (Adapted from CPA).

      Prerequisites
      COMM 241 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00
      Electives

      Choose any nine courses from the following:

      ADMN 255 Corporate Finance introduces you to finance concepts and provides you with essential knowledge of various tools used in corporate finance. You will examine the corporate financial environment and its impact on decision-making, introductory finance concepts (including the time value of money, investing and risk management) and distribution of earnings. In addition, you will look at capital budgeting techniques and short-, medium- and long-term financing decisions* (adapted from CPA).

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 252 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      ADMN 399 Directed Studies Business involves students engaging in independent study, research, and practice related to a topic in business under faculty supervision.

      Prerequisites
      Program CGPA of 3.0 or above. Approval by School Chair.
      Credits
      3.00

      ADMN 310 Events Management and Marketing includes the creation of an event management plan for a potential client. A situation analysis will investigate consumer behaviour, targeting and position as related to the planning and operation of events. Further development of the management plan will require an examination and the application of integrated marketing communications, sales, sponsorship, budgeting, risk management, staging, logistics and performance measures.

      Prerequisites
      ADMN 171
      ADMN 181
      COMM 220
      COMM 240
      Credits
      3.00

      BUS 388 Personal Finance explores key personal financial management concepts with a goal of creating an effective personal financial plan. Major concepts include consumer credit, asset management, the time value of money, investments, tax strategies, retirement planning, and estate planning.

      Prerequisites
      BUS 300 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      BUS 389 Retail Management is a demanding and complex business, which is facing extensive changes and challenges due to factors like: e-commerce, globalization, changing consumer preferences, and more. Skilled retail managers are required to help companies navigate their new environment.

       

      This course provides an introduction to retail management and will provide a foundation for those students who plan to work in retailing or related disciplines. Topics will focus on key functional areas in the retail business, including merchandising, HR, financial strategy, sales, customer service, marketing and more.

      Prerequisites
      BUS 350 and BUS 381 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
      Credits
      3.00

      BUS 392 Professional Sales Skills. No matter the industry, nor the state of the economy, businesses are almost always on the search to find enthusiastic, entrepreneurial, and effective sales people. Upon successful completion of this course, students will understand and demonstrate the core skills of professional selling, with a focus on the common tools and processes used in the field. Relationship-building and needs-satisfaction are fundamental components of the process. Strong English language verbal communication skills are needed to be successful in this course.

      Prerequisites
      TWC 164 or ENGL 110, and BUS 381 or equivalent, with a minimum of 60%. Except in BUS 381 a minimum of 68% is required.
      Credits
      3.00

      BUS 415 Leadership examines the theory and practical application of leadership. It covers the latest thinking in leadership theory and contemporary practices at work within organizations in a global economy. Topics such as motivation, strategic planning, team building and negotiation will be explored.

      Prerequisites
      BUS 370 and BUS 320, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Except in BUS 320, a minimum of 68% is required.
      Credits
      3.00

      ECON 104 Economic Analysis for Small Business is designed to engage students with contemporary global and Canadian issues, and with some of the region's competitive markets. Students will survey contemporary news publications and other data sources, analyzing their contents to identify economic concepts and management implications. Focus will be on identifying the economic impacts on business resulting from the cloud of seemingly chaotic global events.

      Prerequisites
      Program Admission Standards. Acceptance to PGBM program
      Credits
      3.00

      Choose up to four courses from University Arts and Sciences

      See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

      If the student completed TWC 164 Technical Writing as part of the Business Administration two-year diploma, then the student may want to consider taking ENGL 110 English Composition and vice versa.

      All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

      Effective Term:

      Fall, Winter, Spring

      Advanced Standing:

      A student may obtain credit for a maximum of 50% of program requirements by Transfer Credit, Advanced Placement, Prior Learning Assessment or combination thereof. But students planning to pursue further credentials should confirm that this is an optimal approach.

      1. See Policy 8614: Advanced Standing – Course Challenge, PLA, and Transfer Credit.

      .

      Assessment:

      Grading will be based on the Standard Academic and Career Programs grading table from Policy 8612: Grading.

      .

      Grading Table:

      Standard Academic and Career Programs

      Types of Assessments:

      a) Assignments

      (i) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

      (ii) Exams, labs, group or individual projects, assignments, presentations, class participation and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

      (iii) Students will normally receive at least one weeks’ notice of dates and times when assignments and/or tests are to be submitted and/or written.

      (iv) If accepted, late assignments may be subject to penalty.

      (v) Students not submitting assignments or not writing scheduled tests will receive a zero mark. However, in some courses it may be mandatory to submit all assignments to an acceptable level and/or to write all exams in order to receive credit or a minimum grade for the course.

      (vi) Students who have not completed all assigned work and exams must obtain the instructor’s approval to write the final exam before the exam date. The instructor may require the student to prepare a plan for completion of outstanding work.

      (vii) Students are normally expected to complete all assignments using a word processor, spreadsheet, or other computer application as applicable. See individual course outlines for specific requirements.

      (viii) Individual course outlines may have other specific requirements for assignments, grades, and/or examinations.

      .

      b) Examinations

      (i) In some courses, students must receive a passing grade on specified exams in order to pass the course. The details will be explained in the applicable course outlines.

      (ii) Students may be allowed to make alternative exam arrangements, with the appropriate instructor, for valid and verifiable reasons such as medical emergency, family bereavement, or jury duty.

      (iii) Any alternate arrangements for final examinations must be approved by the School Chair or designate.

      Tests and exams will ordinarily be retained by the instructor.

      .

      Attendance:

      1. Punctual and regular attendance for scheduled classes, laboratory sessions and all of the scheduled learning activities is expected of all students.

      2. Where absenteeism adversely affects a student’s progress and performance, probation and/or withdrawal from the program may result.

      3. See individual course outlines for any additional attendance requirements.

      .

      Professional Requirements:

      1. Faculty and students will conduct themselves in a business-like fashion. See Selkirk College Policy 3400: Student Code of Conduct - Rights and Responsibilities.

      2. Students are expected to be on time and prepared for all classes prior to entering the classroom. Assigned materials are to be read by students; such materials and textbooks are not necessarily reviewed page by page in class by the instructor.

      3. The student is responsible for researching and obtaining notes of missed sessions. Instructors will not provide personal reviews to students who miss a class.

      .

      C

      Carpentry - Apprenticeship Level 1 to 4

      Program at a Glance
      Length
      7 weeks
      Credential
      Certificate
      Delivery Method
      On Campus
      Campus
      Silver King
      Intake Dates
      Fall
      Winter
      Spring
      Contacts
      Rob Schwarzer
      School Chair
      Phone
      1 (250) 352-6601
      13212
      Direct
      1 (250) 354-3212
        Overview

        Selkirk College is endorsed by SkilledTradesBC to deliver all four levels of Carpentry Apprenticeship Technical Training to registered carpentry apprentices.

        Each level of training consists of a full-time (30 hours per week), seven-week, on-campus program of study. Activities include classroom sessions where as an apprentice you will learn theoretical principles of carpentry, and shop sessions where knowledge is put to use in the mastery of practical skills.

        Consider Carpentry If You Are

        • Detail-oriented 
        • Good with your hands 
        • Comfortable working with a team 
        • Hardworking and organized 
        • Easily adaptable to diverse environments 
        • Able to conceptualize and visualize finished products 

        Upon successful completion of the Level 4 technical training session, apprentices write the Interprovincial Trade Qualification examination. Those who pass the exam and complete the work-based hours earn the BC Certificate of Apprenticeship, the BC Certificate of Qualification, and the Interprovincial Standard Red Seal Endorsement.

        Apprenticeship Requirements 

        • 840 in-class training hours, completed in four levels (7 weeks each) 
        • 6,480 practical workplace hours 
        Program Outcomes

        Level 1

        Upon successful completion of this program, learners will be able to:

        1. Apply safe work practices
        2. Use construction drawings and specifications
        3. Interpret building codes and bylaws
        4. Plan and organize work
        5. Perform trade mathematics
        6. Use tools and equipment
        7. Use levelling instruments and equipment
        8. Use access, rigging and hoisting equipment
        9. Lay out building locations
        10. Complete concrete formwork activities
        11. Demonstrate wood frame construction techniques
        12. Control the forces acting on a building

        Level 2

        Upon successful completion of this course, learners will be able to:

        1. Use construction drawings and specifications
        2. Interpret building codes and bylaws
        3. Use tools and equipment
        4. Use site layout equipment
        5. Lay out building locations
        6. Complete concrete formwork activities
        7. Demonstrate wood frame construction techniques
        8. Install finishing materials
        9. Control the forces acting on a building
        10. Control heat and sound transmission
        11. Control air and moisture movement in buildings

        Level 3

        Upon successful completion of this course, learners will be able to:

        1. Use construction drawings and specifications
        2. Interpret building codes and bylaws
        3. Use tools and equipment
        4. Apply excavation and shoring practices
        5. Complete concrete formwork activities
        6. Build roof systems
        7. Install finishing materials

        Level 4

        Upon successful completion of this course, learners will be able to:

        1. Interpret building codes and bylaws
        2. Plan and organize work
        3. Use site layout equipment
        4. Prepare building site
        5. Demonstrate wood frame construction techniques
        6. Install interior finishes
        7. Install interior floor, ceiling and wall systems
        8. Control the forces acting on a building

        The following admission requirements are specific to the Carpentry Foundation Program:

        • Indentured in Carpentry Apprenticeship
        • Active work apprenticeship sponsor
        • Successful completion of previous level
        Additional Requirements
        • Physically fit, (mobility/lifting) good manual dexterity, hand-eye coordination, balance, work at heights and in adverse weather.
        • An interview (in person or by telephone) with the school chair or designate may be required before entry to the program. Interview results are not used as criteria for admission.

         

        General

        Applications will be separated into two levels as identified in Selkirk College Policy 8611 Admissions

        namely "fully qualified" and "partially qualified".

        Fully Qualified

        The applicant meets all of the requirements stated in Part I, A, above.

        Partially Qualified

        The applicant is deficient in meeting some or all of the admission requirements stated in Part I, A, above.

         

        Order of Selection – see Policy 8611 section 5.2 (8) and (9)

         

        Applications are accepted throughout the year. Once a program intake is full, applicants will be assigned to the next available intake or placed on a waitlist if no further intakes are funded for that year.

         

        APPLICATION PROCEDURE

        Before an applicant's file is considered to be complete, the following must have been received by the Admissions office:

        a) Completed application form.

        b) Official documentation of previous level apprenticeship training.

        c) TWID number or permission of the School Chair

        Graduation and Promotion

        Students should keep records of their grades and strive to maintain a Progress Grade of 70% or better. Students should be aware of their Progress Grade at all times.

         

        PROGRAM COMPLETION

        Completion Requirements

        Completion of all courses as required by SkilledTradesBC with a Cumulative Average of 70% or better. (Refer to ITA website). At time of writing SkilledTradesBC-required courses are:

         

        Note: Courses of study, course content, course weightings and learning outcomes for all apprenticeship classes are prescribed by SkilledTradesBC and subject to change without notice.

        All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

        Effective Term:

        Fall, Winter

        Effective Year:

        20240801

        Assessment:

        Grading will be based on the categories defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612: Grading.

        .

        Grading Table:

        Standard Trades Programs

        Types of Assessments:

        1. Types and Frequency of Evaluation Policy 8613: Student Evaluation

        a) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the Program Outline.

        (i) Students will complete a series of weighted Subject Exams occurring as indicated in the Program Outline.

        (ii) Students will complete the Program Final Examination at the conclusion of the program.

        (iii) Students will complete an ongoing series of Workshop Assignments to be evaluated on a day-to-day basis.

        .

        2. Examination Policy

        a) Students may be allowed to make alternative exam arrangements with the appropriate instructor for valid and verifiable reasons such as medical emergency, family bereavement, or jury duty.

        b) Any alternate arrangements for Final Examinations must be approved by the School Chair or designate.

        c) Requests for supplemental Subject Examinations will not be approved.

        d) Where the BC Industry Training Authority provides access to apprenticeship level Challenge Examinations, requests for Supplemental Final Exams at Selkirk College will not be approved. Otherwise, Supplemental Final Exam requests will be approved only under extenuating circumstances.

        e) All tests and exams are the property of the College and will be retained by the instructor.

        .

        Program Specific Regulations:

        Health and Safety

        • Students are required to follow the safety directions of Selkirk College staff and the safety guidelines specific to their program. Additionally, students must wear prescribed personal protective equipment (PPE) in all designated areas. Failure to follow safety directions may result in the suspension of shop access. Only the School Chair may reinstate access.
        • Students are encouraged to complete the Voluntary Disclosure of Health History form for any health (physical and/or mental) conditions (e.g., anxiety, diabetes, epilepsy, allergies), or prescription medications which could lead to concerns in an industrial environment. This information is for safety reasons only and will be kept confidential.
        • Students are required to complete all mandatory safety training prior to using program equipment. Students are responsible for adhering to correct usage of equipment and for informing staff when the equipment is damaged or unsafe to operate.
        • Students who are unsafe or impact the safety of others will be required to leave the class or shop area until remediation has been met.
        • The use of personal electronic devices in a learning environment can be disruptive and is unsafe in an industrial setting. Usage and restrictions will be identified in the program safety guidelines.
        • No alcoholic beverages, illegal drugs, or cannabis products are to be consumed on the college property during or before a college activity. If a student appears to be under the influence of drugs or alcohol they will be required to leave the premises and subject to disciplinary action as outlined in Policy 3400: Student Code of Conduct.
        • When participating in program field trips or other off-campus college-related activities, students are required to comply with the health and safety guidelines of both Selkirk College and those of their hosts. See College Policy 8350: Educational Field Trips

        .

        Attendance:

        1. A student whose absenteeism exceeds 7.5% at any time, may be required to withdraw from the program.

        2. Attendance at all scheduled lectures, shop sessions, field trips, examinations and other learning experiences is mandatory. Students absent from learning experiences may be unable to meet required learning objectives.

        3. Students absent from any activity are responsible for the work they have missed, regardless of the reason for the absence. They are responsible for obtaining notes of missed lessons and must make up assignments as required.

        4. Students claiming illness or compassionate reasons for absence from learning experiences must contact the program instructor concerned directly.

        5. Students may be required to supply a doctor's certificate to substantiate claims of illness.

        6. Students who are excluded from a lesson, class or course for reasons outlined in Part II, E, 1 will be considered absent from those classes.

        7. A student who must be absent from a learning experience (including testing) is responsible for notifying the program instructor at least one hour prior to the scheduled time for the experience to begin.

        8. Selkirk College will not undertake to provide substitute learning when students have been absent, regardless of the reason for the absence.

        .

        Assignments:

        1. All Subject Exams and the Program Final Examination must be written at the time designated by the program instructor. Failure to do so will result in a zero percentage (0%) grade on that examination. Except in extenuating circumstances, requests for rescheduling exams will not be granted.

         

        2. All Lab Assignments must be completed and submitted at the time designated by the program instructor.

        .

        Professional Requirements:

        STUDENT CONDUCT (see Selkirk College Policy 3400, Student Code of Conduct: Rights and Responsibilities).

        1. Faculty and students will conduct themselves in an appropriate manner.

        2. Students are expected to be on time and prepared for all classes prior to entering the classroom. Assigned materials are to be read by students; such materials and textbooks are not necessarily reviewed page-by-page in class by the instructor.

        3. In order to maintain a comfortable and safe learning environment, the following policies apply:

        a) No food or beverage is allowed in classrooms and labs.

        b) Use of tobacco products is not permitted in any College building.

        c) Accident or injuries must be reported to program instructors immediately.

        d) Cost of repair or replacement of any equipment damage by carelessness or misuse will be paid by the student.

        e) Steel toe work boots or shoes and safety glasses are to be worn at all times in shop areas.

        f) Payphones are available for student use. Students are not permitted to use office telephones.

        g) All storage areas and instructors' offices are open to authorized personnel only. Students may not enter such areas without permission of the instructor.

        h) Use of cell phones, pagers and other personal electronic equipment is prohibited in classrooms, shops and labs. Such equipment shall be muted when in the learning environment.

        .

        Other Regulations:

        PROBATION (Policy 8619: Student Probation)

        A. Purpose

        The purpose of probation is to create an awareness of the seriousness of unsuitable student conduct and/or performance, as well as to reinforce that students have obligations above and beyond those

        specified in the course outlines.

        1) Criteria for placement on academic probation

        A student may be assigned probationary status for unsatisfactory academic performance in the first two-thirds of the program length, under the following circumstances:

        (i) Failure to maintain a Progress Grade of 70% or better.

        (ii) Failure to complete shop assignments in a timely manner.

        .

        2) Criteria for placement on behavioural probation

        A student may be assigned probationary status for unsatisfactory behaviour at any time during the program, if the student:

        (i) is chronically late and/or absence from scheduled classes.

        (ii) compromises the safety of him/herself or others.

        (iii) assaults or abuses others.

        (iv) damages, destroys or steals College and/or others’ property.

        (v) disrupts the learning opportunities of others.

        (vi) behaves in threatening or blatantly uncooperative manner towards students, College employees or other College members.

        (vii) behaves in a manner which brings Selkirk College into disrepute.

        (viii) cheats and/or plagiarizes.

        (ix) contravenes program-specific policies.

        .

        3) Criteria for removal from probation

        a) Conditions for removal from probation will be specified in the written Notification of Probation.

        b) Any student assigned probationary status must meet the following requirements:

        (i) Complete attendance.

        (ii) Complete and submit course work in a timely manner.

        (iii) Acceptable academic performance in all courses.

        (iv) Satisfactory behaviour.

        (v) Any other conditions specified in the Notification of Probation.

        .

        4) Failure to meet conditions of probation

        A student placed on probation who does not meet the requirements specified in the Notification of Probation may be required to withdraw.

        .

        5) Number of probationary periods.

        a) Students are limited to two probationary terms. Behaviour and/or academic performance that necessitates a third term will result in automatic dismissal from the program.

        .

        .

        B. REQUIRED EXCLUSION/DISMISSAL

        1. Criteria

        Exclusion or dismissal from courses and programs during the semester.

        a) The Registrar may exclude from the College a student who has failed to complete the applicable registration requirements.

        b) An instructor may exclude a student from participating in a class, lab, field trip, salon session, shop session, etc., due to lateness, prior absences, inadequate preparation, failure to complete prerequisite assignments, or if s/he lacks appropriate personal protective equipment.

        c) An instructor, the Registrar or a Campus Administrator may exclude a student from participating in a class, lab, salon session, shop session, field trip, etc., if the student compromises the safety of him/herself and/or others, assaults or abuses others, is destructive to property, disrupts the learning opportunities of others or behaves in a threatening or blatantly uncooperative manner towards students, College employees or other College members. The instructor shall report in writing to the School Chair or designate the circumstances giving rise to the exclusion. All other College employees should submit a written report of incident(s) to their appropriate supervisor.

        d) An instructor or other employee may recommend to the School Chair that a student be completely excluded from a course/program if that student has missed instructional times, or failed to complete assigned work to such a degree that the student could not compensate sufficiently to pass the course in the time available, or if the student has compromised the safety of him/herself and/or others, assaults or abuses others, has been destructive to property, has disrupted the learning opportunities of others or has behaved in a threatening or blatantly uncooperative manner towards the instructor.

        e) A student recommended for exclusion from a course/program will receive notification from and will be excluded by the Registrar on the written recommendation of the School Chair concerned. The student shall be notified of the appeal process by the Registrar.

        f) A student may appeal exclusion/dismissal by following the appeals procedure specified by Selkirk College.

        g) If in the opinion of the Registrar, the seriousness of the situation merits suspension or dismissal from the College, a recommendation will be forwarded to the President. The President shall act in accordance with the College and Institute Act. If the President suspends or dismisses the student from the College the student shall be advised of all rights under Policy B3007 Student Appeals Policy of the College.

        h) A student excluded or dismissed under this section will receive a DNW on transcripts.

        .

        C. APPEAL (see College Policy 8400: Student Appeals)

         

        Most disagreements should be resolved through informal discussion between the parties involved before beginning the appeal procedures. This would typically involve the Instructor and the School Chair or designate. For more details refer to College Policy 8400: Student Appeals which is available on the website.

        NOTE: A student ombudsperson may be available to assist the student in this process.

        .

        Cheating and Plagiarism: (See Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism)

        .

         

        Commercial Kitchen Assistant - Certificate of Completion

        Commercial Kitchen Assistant is a learner-centred program that helps students expand their workplace skills and readiness in a classroom setting. Learners can take advantage of this fully funded program that will lead to in-demand entry-level restaurant jobs.
        Program at a Glance
        Length
        total of 252 hours over 23 weeks
        Credential
        Certificate
        Delivery Method
        On Campus
        Campus
        Trail
        Intake Dates
        Fall
        Contacts
          Overview

          Small Class Sizes, Individualized Instruction, On-site Job Coaching

          Please check back soon to find out about the next intake date!
          Students will train as Prep Cooks with a Red Seal Chef in one of Selkirk College’s professional kitchens. Students will learn:

          • Food preparation
          • Chopping
          • Mixing
          • Measuring
          • Terminology
          • Planning
          • Ordering
          • Teamwork
          • Clean up

          Courses include:

          • Food Safety and Sanitation (Food Safe)
          • Production Procedures and Equipment
          • Beverage Stations
          • Preparation of Fruit and Vegetables
          • Preparation of Starches
          • Breakfast Cookery
          • Salads and Sandwiches
          • Meat Preparation and Cookery
          • Soups, Stocks and Sauces
          • Baked Goods and Dessert

          Learning materials will build from existing curriculum for Prep Cook training and help students as they bridge to employment. Students who wish to take the Professional Cook program, but are not quite ready can take this program and become familiar with techniques, terminology, workplace expectations and curriculum in order to succeed later on. 

          Student placements can take place with an existing employer or can be newly created through this program.  Placements will begin as soon as the student has completed the food and restaurant environment safety training and orientation.

          Demand for skilled entry-level employees in local restaurants and other food-based enterprises is high.

          To find out more contact Academic Upgrading by email or call 250.354.3230.

          Program Outcomes

          Learners participating in the Commercial Kitchen Assistant Program at Selkirk College will finish their studies being able to demonstrate the following program outcomes:

          1. Demonstrate increased self-confidence
          2. Manage financial matters by applying principles of numeracy
          3. Use appropriate verbal, non-verbal and written skills to communicate
          4. Develop effective learning strategies and adapt them to new situations
          5. Create realistic personal, work and educational goals and plans to achieve them
          6. Exhibit positive professional behaviours and employment-related skills that maximize opportunities for success
          7. Demonstrate resilience, creativity and critical thinking in challenging situations
          8. Participate effectively as part of a team and in society
          9. Identify personal values, make decisions and balance responsibilities to increase well-being
          10. Practice appropriate safety procedures
          11. Use current and emerging technology effectively

          In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, the applicant must meet the following Commercial Kitchen Assistant Program requirements to be considered fully qualified:

          • Participate in an intake interview with the instructor
          • Have the ability to learn and participate in a commercial kitchen setting
          • Have had no behavioral or emotional problems that would significantly interfere with the learning or safety of self or others
          • Have a commitment to learning
          Additional Requirements

          Instructors will balance the needs of the classroom in regards to the following guidelines that determine capacity. For a class with maximum enrolment of 12:

          • 0 High Needs Students
          • 2-4 Moderate Needs Students (no more than 30% of total students): mild cognitive disability and higher adaptive functioning level; no support worker required; most activities and choices made independently; physically able to perform kitchen duties with moderate supervision; and established success in interactions with others with limited supervision.
          • 8-10 Low Needs Students (70% of total students or higher): no cognitive disability, although barriers to employment may be present; no support worker required; activities and choices made independently; physically able to perform kitchen duties independently; and established success in interactions with others.

          Complete an application form

          Participate in an interview (in person or by telephone) with the CKA instructor before entry to the program.

          Provide a recommendation from an instructor in the School of Academic Upgrading and Development at Selkirk College, or a referral from a community agency, another college or high school.

          Graduation and Promotion

          In order to receive your credential in your program, you must complete all of your courses.

          In the Commercial Kitchen Assistant Program, courses are sequential and must be completed in order.

          Required Courses

          CKA 20 Food Safety, Sanitation and Hygiene is a food handling, sanitation and work safety course designed for food service establishment operators and front line food service workers such as cooks, servers, bussers, dishwashers, and deli workers. The course covers important food safety and worker safety information including foodborne illness, receiving and storing food, preparing food, serving food, cleaning and sanitizing. Personal hygiene in a kitchen environment will also be covered.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 21 Production, Procedures and Equipment familiarizes students with the commercial kitchen environment. Sanitation and safe procedures continue to be elaborated on. Students are exposed to and learn to use tools and equipment typical to the commercial kitchen. They learn industry standard procedures to help create and maintain a safe and smoothly-running kitchen environment. This course will emulate a working commercial kitchen employment environment, with expectations surrounding safety, attendance, and communication.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 22 Beverages, enables students to learn how to prepare and serve hot and cold beverages for 1 to 100 people in a commercial kitchen setting.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 23 Preparation of Fruit and Vegetables will prepare students to describe and execute basic and intermediate methods of fruit and vegetable preparation in a commercial kitchen.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 24 Preparation of Starches will introduce the learner to preparation a variety of commonly prepared starch items in a commercial kitchen environment.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 25 Breakfast Cookery will introduce the students to commercial breakfast cookery. It will reinforce some freshly acquired skills and provide hands on practice of new skills.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 26 Salads and Sandwiches will have the students prepare a variety of salad garnishes, sandwich fillings and finished products in a commercial kitchen setting.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 27 Meat Preparation and Cookery will give the learner the opportunity to prepare a variety of meat dishes in a commercial kitchen setting.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 28 Soups, Stocks and Sauces will provide an introduction to the preparation of soups, stocks and sauces in commercial kitchens.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 29 Baked Goods and Dessert will focus on bread making. Students will learn how to attractively arrange a variety of bread for service. The participants will also work with producing various garnishes and attractively plating finished product desserts.

          Credits
          0.00

          CKA 30 Commercial Kitchen Assistant Practicum integrates the skills developed from training into the workplace environment, reinforcing learners' new skills and knowledge. The practicum gives the student an opportunity to apply, extend, and integrate academic or technical knowledge through work experience with qualified organizations.

          Credits
          0.00

          Effective Term:

          Fall

          Effective Year:

          20240801

          Advanced Standing:

          A student may obtain credit for a maximum of 75% of program requirements by Transfer Credit, Advanced Placement, Prior Learning Assessment or combination thereof.

          .

          Re-Entry Instructions:

          Re-entry to the Commercial Kitchen Assistant Program is permitted at any time subject to space admissibility (see above) and limitations due to changes in curriculum.

          .

          Assessment:

          Grading will be based on Competency Based Grades Table found in Selkirk College Policy 8612: Grading.

          .

          Grading Table:

          Competency-Based

          Types of Assessments:

          Progress in Commercial Kitchen Assistant courses is obtained by fulfilling the course-specific assessments which may include small group projects (e.g. poster presentations), individual projects (e.g. menu planning), written assignments, classroom-based work experiences (e.g., food preparation for commercial kitchens), and a practicum placement in a food service establishment.

          .

          Attendance:

          Attendance at all scheduled classes, field trips and other learning experiences is mandatory. Students may risk losing their placement in a program if attendance of less than 80% and/or there is unsatisfactory progress through course activities and course skills checklists.

          .

          Other Regulations:

          APPEAL

          Most disagreements should be resolved through informal discussion between the parties involved before beginning the appeal procedures. This would typically involve the Instructor and the School Chair or designate. For more details refer to College Policy 8400: Student Appeals.

          .

          Creative Writing - Liberal Arts Diploma

          Program at a Glance
          Length
          2 years
          Credential
          Diploma
          Delivery Method
          On Campus
          Campus
          Castlegar
          Intake Dates
          Fall
          Contacts
          Duff Sutherland
          UAS School Chair, Instructor
          Phone
          1 (888) 953-1133
          21318
          Direct
          1 (250) 365-1318
          University Arts & Sciences Contact
          Phone
          1 (888) 953-1133
          21205
          Direct
          1 (250) 365-1205
            Overview

            Whether you are interested in taking individual courses or pursuing a creative writing diploma/degree, we welcome you. Join the program’s core faculty, as well as guest speakers and visiting writers who will take you on an exciting journey designed to immerse you in creative processes and help you find your voice.

            What defines our creative writing program is a community of writers composed of small class sizes and intimate workshops. Gain confidence in communicating your ideas in a truly magical setting. Imagine sitting by the confluence of the Kootenay and Columbia Rivers to draft a poem or walking along the Castlegar campus trails—a significant gathering place for Indigenous Peoples—to conjure the final scene in your short story. In Nelson, classes are held at the Tenth Street Campus, also home to Selkirk College’s renowned Digital Arts and Music programs.

            Situated in one of the most beautiful regions on earth, Selkirk College offers a safe, peaceful and vibrant sense of place for writers to explore their imaginations in fiction, non-fiction, poetry and drama. Our creative writing classes are fully transferable to universities across Canada.

            Open Studies

            Community members who wish to enrol in a single creative writing course may do so through Open Studies.

            Program Outcomes

            Upon successful completion of an Associate of Arts or Liberal Arts Diploma program, learners will be able to:

            1. Explain terms, concepts and theories of the discipline(s)
            2. Read, write and communicate effectively and creatively across academic disciplines
            3. Ask informed questions to deepen the level of enquiry
            4. Use quantitative and qualitative evidence to support claims
            5. Research and analyze evidence from scholarly and professional publications
            6. Synthesize and summarize literature and data
            7. Demonstrate developing critical, creative thinking and problem-solving skills
            8. Use current and emerging technology
            9. Demonstrate collaborative skills in a multicultural environment
            10. Conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner in an academic environment

            In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, as outlined in Policy 8600: Pre-Admissions Basic Skills Assessment (College Readiness Tool CRT), and Policy 8611: Admissions, Applicants to the University Arts and Sciences Program must meet the following requirements to be considered fully qualified:

            Academic

            a) Students entering UAS courses, with the exceptions in 2- below, require at least 60% or better in English Studies 12, or equivalent. Students who do not meet this requirement must write the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test and achieve a minimum of level 4 to attain equivalency.

            b) French 102, Spanish 102, and English 51 do not require B.C. English Studies 12 or equivalent as a prerequisite. However, students enrolled in the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program wishing to take English 51 will be governed by the relevant policies and procedures of the International Education Program.

            c) The English Studies 12 prerequisite may be waived for exceptional grade 12 students in the Transitions Program. Credit for transitions courses will be withheld until a grade of 60% or better in English Studies 12 is achieved.

            d) Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the College’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.

            e) Additional admission requirements may be necessary for particular certificate programs, diploma programs or associate degrees. Course prerequisites and program admission requirements are defined in the appendices at the end of this document, in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the College website www.selkirk.ca

            f) Mature students must meet the English Studies 12 requirement and additional course requirements as specified in the college calendar.

            Additional Requirements
            • Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the college’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.
            • Mature students must meet the English 12 requirement.
            • If you are a student who lacks the admission requirements, you may still gain entry to the program by taking a combination of Academic Upgrading and university courses in your first year. This may extend the length of your program.
            Graduation and Promotion

            Selkirk College awards a Liberal Arts Diploma in Creative Writing to students who complete at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Sciences courses with a “P” grade or better in each course, achieves a minimum GPA of 2.00, and whose course selection meets the following criteria:

            · Two semester courses in first-year English.

            · Creative Writing 100 and 101

            · Creative Writing 200 and 201

            · English 200 and English 201

            · English 202 or 204; English 203 or 205

            · A minimum of 10 semester courses in first- or second-year Arts and Science courses other than first-year English.

            · Up to a maximum of six courses may be from other subjects, as long as they are at the 100-level or higher and are transferable as per the BC Transfer Guide.

            The following is the selection of courses that may be chosen for this diploma. Students are advised to meet with an academic counsellor to discuss their course selection.

            GRADUATION/CERTIFICATES

            Diplomas

            The School of University Arts and Science offers a number of diploma programs. Completion of the diploma program requires a student to complete at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Science courses in selected areas with a “P” grade or better in each course, and a minimum GPA of 2.00. The admission requirements, graduation requirements, and course of studies for each diploma program are defined in individual program pages in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the college website www.selkirk.ca

            Term 1
            Required Courses

            CWRT 100 Introduction to Creative Writing I.  This course offers an introduction to composition and experimentation in the genres of poetry and creative non-fiction. Students will develop a working knowledge of modern aesthetics in poetry and creative nonfiction, as well as an objective appreciation of their own ''voice'' in the context of those aesthetics.

            Prerequisites
            English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
            Credits
            3.00

            ENGL 110 introduces students to the world of scholarly writing -- reading it, thinking about it, and producing it as academic researchers. Students will explore how professional and/or academic writers across disciplines communicate to a variety of audiences. Students will practice active reading, writing and critical thinking skills by conducting scholarly research on a topic. This course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge they need to write effectively within academic contexts.

            Prerequisites
            English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
            Credits
            3.00
            Elective Courses

            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

            Take three (3) general elective 100-level courses.

            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

            Term 2
            Required Courses

            CWRT 101 Introduction to Creative Writing II.  This course offers an introduction to composition and experimentation in the genres of fiction and drama. Students will develop a working knowledge of modern aesthetics in fiction and drama, as well as an objective appreciation of their own ''voice'' in the context of those aesthetics.

            Prerequisites
            English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
            Credits
            3.00

            ENGL 111 Introduction to Literature is about living more intensely. Rather than providing answers, literature prompts us to ask better questions of ourselves and each other. Drama, poetry, short stories, and novels will guide us in discussion, reflection, and writing about literature.

            Prerequisites
            English 110, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
            Credits
            3.00
            Elective Courses

            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

            Take three (3) general elective 100-level courses.

            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

            Term 3
            Required Courses

            CWRT 200 Manuscript Development I. The emphasis of this second year creative writing course will be on portfolio development and preparation of manuscripts for publication. Students will submit their own imaginative writing for workshop in any of the four genres – poetry, drama, fiction, or non-fiction. Students will also begin to develop professional practices through self-directed projects. Lectures will mirror the assigned readings and serve to initiate theoretical discussions on form, theory, and craft.

            Prerequisites
            Two semesters of first-year University English or Creative Writing with a minimum of 60%.
            Credits
            3.00

            ENGL 200 A Survey of English Literature I. ''In spring folk long to go on pilgrimage'' so begins Geoffrey Chaucerï's 14th century masterpiece of the English tradition, The Canterbury Tales. In English 200, we will set out on a pilgrimage which honours the living beauty of the English language and its greatest writers such as Spenser, Shakespeare and Donne, ending in the 17th century with Milton.

            Prerequisites
            ENGL 111, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
            Credits
            3.00

            Plus one (1) additional 200 level English course.

            Elective Courses

            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

            Take two (2) general elective 100- or 200-level courses.

            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

            Term 4
            Required Courses

            CWRT 201 Manuscript Development II. The emphasis of this second year creative writing course will be on portfolio development and preparation of manuscripts for publication. Students will submit for workshop their own imaginative writing in any of the four genres being taught – poetry, drama, fiction, and non-fiction. Allowances for other genres will be made with the permission of the instructor. Lectures, both face to face and online, will mirror the assigned readings and serve to initiate theoretical discussions on form and theory, and principles and elements of craft.

            Prerequisites
            Two semesters of first-year University English or Creative Writing with a minimum of 60%.
            Credits
            3.00

            ENGL 201 A Survey of English Literature II. From the calm reason of the Enlightenment to the passion of the Romantics, we still live out the questions first asked by the brilliant writers of 18th and 19th Centuries. In the company of such authors as Pope, Swift, Wollstonecraft, Keats, Wordsworth, and Austen, we continue our pilgrimage into culture, belief, and literary achievement begun in the previous semester with English 200.

            Prerequisites
            ENGL 200 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
            Credits
            3.00

            Plus one (1) additional 200 level English course.

            Elective Courses

            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

            Take two (2) general elective 100- or 200-level courses.

            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

            All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

            Effective Term:

            Fall, Winter, Spring

            Effective Year:

            20240801

            Advanced Standing:

            A. ADVANCE CREDIT

            1. Transfer credit in first and second year UAS courses will be given for equivalent courses taken in the last ten years (five years recommended for Biology) from an accredited post-secondary institution. All prerequisite courses require a minimum grade of 60%. Students who have completed such course(s) more than ten years earlier (five years recommended for Biology) require permission from the School Chair to receive transfer credit at Selkirk College.

            B. PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA) Selkirk College Policy 8614 Advanced Standing: Course Challenge, and Transfer Credit.

            1. Students may apply to prove their currency in an individual course by challenging the course(s) in question under the Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) process.

            2. The School Chair in consultation with the appropriate faculty member(s) will decide whether a student may undertake a course challenge through PLA. Students should be aware that some universities may not accept credits received through the PLA process.

            3. Students must apply for transfer credit or PLA in a timely manner so that they may register for the course in question if transfer credit(s) is denied or PLA is unsuccessful.

            .

            Assessment:

            a) Grading will be as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612. The grading table applicable to each course will be identified on the course outline.

            a) Students need to complete all the components of a course as indicated on the course outline. Students failing to meet this criterion will receive a maximum grade of 49 percent.

            b) Courses with a lab/seminar and lecture may require passing both lecture and lab/seminar in order to pass the course. If this requirement applies to a course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

            c) For some online courses, students must pass the final exam to receive a passing grade in the course regardless of their grade to date, and students who fail the final exam will receive a maximum grade of 49%. If this requirement applies to an online course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

            d) If an assignment is not submitted by the due date identified on the course outline, the mark for the assignment could be reduced by as much as 100%. Students seeking an extension must consult with their instructors. It is the right of individual instructors to implement this policy. All instructors will outline their policies with respect to missed or late assignments in their current course outlines.

            .

            Grading Table:

            Standard Academic and Career Programs

            Types of Assessments:

            Types of Evaluations (i.e., exams, seminar assignments, essays, reports, group projects, presentations, demonstrations, etc.)

            a) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

            b) Exams, essays, projects, reports, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

            .

            Program Specific Regulations:

            A. ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: CHEATING AND PLAGIARISM (Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism)

            The School of University Arts and Sciences values true academic endeavour, and believes that evaluative events including examinations, essays, reports, and other assignments should honestly reflect student learning. All students are governed by Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism. It is the student’s responsibility to be familiar with content of this policy and to seek clarification from an instructor when needed.

            B. ACADEMIC PROGRESS (Promotion)

            Students academic progress is governed by Policy 8615:

            a) Students must meet all course prerequisites.

            b) Students who are found to be without the required grade in the prerequisite course or who have not received permission from the instructor and School Chair may be withdrawn.

            C. PROBATION (Policy 8619: Student Probation)

            Students may be placed on academic probation, behavioural probation, or both in accordance with Policy 8619: Probation is not intended to be punitive; however, the conditions of the probation must be met to be removed from probation and failure to meet the conditions will have consequences that may include withdrawal from a course or program.

            D. WITHDRAWING

            Students may choose to, or be required to withdraw from, the course(s), the program or the College as per Selkirk College Policy 8616: Withdrawal. This policy governs procedures, deadlines, refunds, and the consequences of withdrawing.

            E. APPEAL (Policy 8400: Student Appeals)

            The educational process at Selkirk College incorporates the joint efforts of students and the services provided to the students by the institution. Although in most instances students and the College faculty, administration and staff cooperate during the learning process, Selkirk College recognizes that occasional disputes between students and the College can arise. To every extent possible, disagreements should be resolved through informal discussions between the parties involved. If this discussion does not bring resolution, the procedures outlined in Policy 8400 apply.

            .

            Attendance:

            1. Attendance at scheduled lectures, laboratories, field trips, seminars, tutorials, and examinations is mandatory.

            2. Students absent from class for any reasons are responsible for the work they have missed. They must make up assignments as required, usually within two weeks of the missed class. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor when an absence is required.

            .

            Other Regulations:

            Examination Policy

            a) Final examinations are held in most courses during the examination period at the end of each semester. The dates of the examination period are listed on the Selkirk College Website.

            b) Students will not be permitted to write final examinations at alternate times unless there is a compelling reason. Examples of compelling reasons include: illness (documented), death in the family (documented), jury duty and traffic accident. Examples of non-compelling reasons: family vacation/reunion, previously arranged travel plans (e.g., seat sales).

            c) Academic honesty is expected. Therefore, the following will not be tolerated during exams:

            (i) Making use of any books, notes or materials other than those authorized by the examiners.

            (ii) Communicating with other candidates.

            (iii) Exposing written papers to the view of other candidates.

            (iv) Leaving the examination room unescorted during an exam.

            (v) Unauthorized use of cell phones or other electronic devices.

            (vi) Disciplinary action would, at a minimum, result in the examination paper being given a grade of zero.

            (vii) Supplemental examinations are not available for School of University Arts and Science courses.

            .

            D

            E

            Early Learning and Childcare - Diploma

            Cultivate the skills and knowledge you need for a successful career in early childhood education.
            Program at a Glance
            Length
            2 years
            Credential
            Diploma
            Delivery Method
            On Campus
            Campus
            Castlegar
            Intake Dates
            Fall
            Contacts
              Overview

              The two-year diploma program is a specialized and inclusive program for international students designed to cultivate the skills and knowledge needed for a successful career in early childhood education.

              This program is tailored to meet the diverse needs of international students, combining theoretical foundations with practical, hands-on experiences in early learning environments. Participants gain a deep understanding of child development, curriculum planning and effective teaching methodologies, while also honing cultural competence and language proficiency to engage effectively with children and families from various backgrounds.

              The curriculum places a strong emphasis on fostering creativity, nurturing positive learning environments, and promoting the well-being of young learners. Graduates of this program emerge as well-rounded professionals equipped to contribute meaningfully to the field of early childhood education.

              Program Outcomes

              Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to:

              1. Demonstrate professionalism in practice consistent with the code of ethics and standards of practice of their respective disciplines

              2. Use effective interpersonal skills including active listening, collaboration, self-awareness and conflict resolution within multi-faceted roles and contexts

              3. Understand and respect cultural differences and multiple ways of knowing

              4. Practice from an ethic of inclusivity

              5. Establish and maintain wellness strategies to assure work/life balance both personally and professionally

              6. Engage in critical thinking, problem solving and reflective practice

              In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, the applicant must meet the following Early Learning and Childcare Diploma Program requirements to be considered fully-qualified:

              a) English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60% or higher

              b) As English is the language of study in BC, students must meet English language proficiency at an appropriate level to be accepted into this program. Those not meeting this requirement must achieve scores identified in Policy 8611.

              Additional Requirements

              A current criminal record check from the Ministry of Justice must be completed prior to starting the first practicum. Some types of criminal records may limit or prohibit acceptance in field placement; acceptance into field placement is a requirement for program promotion.

              PART-TIME STUDIES IN HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS

              1. Acceptance to an individual course does not constitute admission to the program. All program admissions will be considered according to Part I, A: Admissions Requirements.

              2. The ECCE IT Diploma program may be completed on a part-time basis depending on number of spaces available. Students choosing to complete a program on a part time basis must meet with a program coordinator, counsellor and/or School Chair at the time of acceptance to plan a course of studies.

              3. Students who have been accepted for part time studies and are in good standing academically will normally be accepted upon re-application to the next term. Refer to Part II, Section B, Promotions re: academic requirements.

              Graduation and Promotion

              Promotion

              1. In order to progress to the next semester, the following requirements must be met.

              • Completion of all courses in the semester with a minimum overall cumulative GPA of 2.00 and a grade of a “C” or better in all semester courses.

              2. Promotion to practicum will be determined by the following criteria:

              • A grade of "C" or better in all required courses as defined in Part II, C, Graduation Requirements.
              • Some types of criminal records may limit or prohibit a student's acceptance in field placement agencies. Ability to be accepted into field placement is a requirement for promotion.

              3. A student’s performance will be reviewed by program faculty when:

              • Grades in one or more courses fall below a “C”.
              • Unacceptable behaviour, inappropriate interpersonal skills, and/or patterns of absence are displayed (as outlined in program policies).
              • On probation.

              4. Considerations for practicum placement:

              • Practicum placements are normally completed within the College region.
              • To avoid a conflict of interest, students are expected to inform instructors and the practicum coordinator of agencies where family and/or personal connections exist.
              • Practicum placements will be arranged by the practicum coordinator.

              Graduation

              • In order to graduate with a credential from Early Learning and Childcare Diploma program a student must meet all program requirements with a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or better.
              • In order to graduate with Honors students must meet all program requirements with no grades less than a B- and a cumulative GPA of 3.5 or higher.
              Term 1
              Required Courses

              EASL 066 College Preparation - Research Writing is an advanced writing course that focuses on various forms of writing that can be found in the academic and the work world. In addition to formal academic research techniques, this course will also explore practical technical writing skills needed for clear, timely, concise and accurate communication. The writer must focus on the purpose and audience as well as the form, style and organization. In this class, students will produce a variety of practical and academic forms of writing, including correspondence, summaries, instructions, proposals, reports etc.

              Prerequisites
              EASL 056A with a minimum of 60% or equivalent
              Credits
              3.00

              ECCE 186 Child Health and Safety is on personal wellness and the planning, establishment and maintenance of a safe and healthy environment in programs for children from birth to school age. Topics include: food preparation and handling; planning nutritious snacks and meals; universal precautions; diapering and toileting; accident prevention and hazard identification; medication; illness management, assessment and reporting; modelling healthy practices and utilizing community health resources.

              Prerequisites
              Acceptance into the ECCE Program
              Credits
              3.00

              HSER 174 Interpersonal Communications provides the student with an opportunity to examine personal goals, values and attitudes; develop and practice listening and responding skills, and become more aware of personal strengths and limitations. This course is designed to help students gain self-understanding in order to be more effective in working with people.

              Credits
              3.00

              ECCE 178 Professional Practice I provides an overview of the field of early childhood education from a theoretical perspective influenced by both historical and current contexts. Learners will have the opportunity to engage with a variety of program models and structural components such as the BC Childcare Licensing Regulation, the Early Learning Framework of BC and the Occupational Standards for Early Childhood Educators. Using these guiding frameworks and theories learners will demonstrate an understanding of standards of practice and childcare administration.  

              Prerequisites
              Acceptance into the ECCE Program.
              Credits
              4.00
              Term 2
              Required Courses

              ECCE 168 Observing and Reflecting Practicum I is an experiential course with field placements and lectures integrating theories and practices in the early years. Through engagement with early childhood educators in practicum learners will participate in professional practice; plan and evaluate a developmentally appropriate program that meets the observed needs of children. Learners will explore how pedagogical narrations inform practice through observing, collecting traces, collaborating and reflecting. Utilizing a ‘common world’s’ framework, including indigenous world views, learners will have opportunities to explore the interrelationship of living and non-living things.

              Prerequisites
              Acceptance into the ECCE Program
              Corequisites
              Concurrent enrolment in ECCE 178, ECCE 188, HSER 174, FAM 180, and PSYC 100.
              Credits
              2.00

              ECCE 179 Professional Practice II examines early childhood care and education in a historic and current cultural context. Using a variety of theories, including the bioecological approach learners will reflect on the impact of their personal values and attitudes on their professional practice.

              The principles of inclusive practice when working with young children and families will be examined, and the importance of play in learning will be identified through exploring the theory and its benefits. By the end of the course learners will have gained a sense of professionalism and will be able to advocate for the profession of early childhood care and education. Current frameworks and theories will be used to develop positive, compassionate and ethical professional values.

              Prerequisites
              ECCE 178 with a minimum of 60%
              Credits
              4.00

              ECCE 188 Planning with Young Children I provides opportunities to learn about warm, caring, responsive relationships and emotionally safe, child-centered environments. The course focuses on application of theories, planning experiences and environments to support children’s development. Students explore the areas of art, music, movement, literature, and drama within the conceptual frameworks of developmentally appropriate practice, the competent child, diversity, child-centred environments, sensory motor exploration, emergent curriculum and creativity.

              Prerequisites
              Acceptance into the ECCE Program. Note: This pre-requisite may be waived with the permission of the Instructor.
              Credits
              4.00

              ECCE 193 Child Centered Partnership I, learners reflect on values, beliefs and attitudes toward building warm relationships with children. Understanding of self within the guiding relationship is developed. With the use of problem-solving techniques, students learn the skills of guiding and caring for children and creating emotionally safe, respectful environments that are empowering and that enhance friendships, responsibility, self-discipline, self-worth, and maximize potential.

              Credits
              4.00
              Term 3
              Required Courses

              FAM 180 Family Dynamics is designed to provide students with a variety of theoretical perspectives to understanding families. It considers the diversity of families through the lenses of the life course perspective and political policies. Family formation, parenting, separation and divorce and aging are all examined. Family issues are also considered, including marriage and death rituals, work and poverty, same sex relationships, disabilities and immigrants. Policies that affect families are explored through an examination of violence in the family and political trends. The course is intended to be a foundation for further study of families.

              Prerequisites
              Must be done concurrently with or after completing ENGL 110.
              Credits
              3

              PSYC 100 Introductory Psychology I is an introduction to the methods, theory and practice of psychology as a science. Among others, topics will include motivation and emotion, learning and memory, biological foundations, sensation and perception. Other topics are added at the discretion of the individual instructor. Class demonstrations and activities are used to illustrate concepts. Teaching methods and resources in the course vary with the instructor.

              Prerequisites
              English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
              Credits
              3.00
              Term 4
              Required Courses

              ECCE 169 Observing and Reflecting Practicum II is designed to integrate theories and practices in the ECCE field. Students will observe and participate in regional early childhood programs off campus. The clinical practicum provides opportunities to practice observing and recording children's individual abilities and interests over time, and, reflective practice and professional conduct.

              Prerequisites
              Satisfactory completion of all fall semester ECCE courses.
              Corequisites
              ECCE 186, ECCE 193, and PSYC 240
              Credits
              2.00

              ECCE 189 Planning with Young Children II builds on the concepts and theories of ECCE 188 with an emphasis on play theory, social relationships and skills, and creative and cognitive processes in children ages three to six years.  Learners examine the interface of adults and children in a child-centred environment.  Learners study ways of supporting and extending the interests, understandings and problem-solving abilities of young children in the areas of mathematics, science and social studies.  The focus will extend to the programming context with a holistic approach to the practitioner as planner and adult within the play environment and address variations in development, abilities, issues, and risk factors.

              Prerequisites
              ECCE 188 with a minimum of 60%
              Credits
              4.00

              ECCE195 Practicum I provides the learner with practical experience in an early childhood centre. Students integrate learning and demonstrate skills in interpersonal communication, observing and recording children's responses and abilities, program planning, guiding and caring and growing professional awareness. Seminars are scheduled for reflective discussion of practicum learning.

              Prerequisites
              ECCE 168, ECCE 178, ECCE 186, ECCE 188, HSER 174, PSYC 100, with a minimum of 60%, and a GPA of 2.0 Note: Pre-requisites may be waived with the permission of the Instructor.
              Corequisites
              ECCE 193, FAM 180
              Credits
              4.50

              ECCE 293 Child-Centred Partnerships II, concepts and skills of ECCE 193 are further developed and enhanced; for example, understanding of self within the guidance relationship, creating emotionally safe and respectful environments and enhancing autonomy. Students examine guiding relationships and apply principles and skills to complex situations. Students will also have the opportunity to learn about the various community partners and their role in supporting young children.

              Prerequisites
              ECCE 193 with a minimum of 60%. Students can take ECCE 293 as part-time students.
              Credits
              3.00

              PSYC 240 Child Development is an introduction to normal child development; this course explores selected aspects of the physical, cognitive, emotional, and moral development of children from birth to middle childhood; and examines the major theories of child development.

              Prerequisites
              PSYC 100 or equivalent
              Credits
              3.00
              Term 5
              Required Courses

              ECCE 294 Practicum II, students synthesize learning with practical application. The focus is on collaboration with families and community in the creation of inclusive, responsive, culturally-sensitive child-centered environments for young children. Learners continue to engage in the process of self-reflection and individual goal setting regarding exemplary professional practice. Seminars are scheduled for reflective discussion of practicum learning.

              Prerequisites
              ECCE 168, ECCE 169, ECCE 178, ECCE 179, ECCE 186, ECCE 188, ECCE 189, ECCE 193, ECCE 195, HSER 174, FAM 180, ENG 110, PSYC 100, and PSYC 240 with a minimum of 60% and a GPA of 2.0.
              Corequisites
              ECCE 293
              Credits
              6.00

              ECCE 200 Infant Growth and Development. This course will explore child development from theoretical perspectives and will examine ways of enhancing young children's development. Conceptual themes to be addressed include: developmentally appropriate practice, the competent child, diversity, responsive caring, relationships, child centered environments, emotional safety, and creativity.

              Prerequisites
              In order to receive transferability (course credit) for courses in the ECCE Post Basic certificate in Infant/Toddler, a student must have completed the Basic Early Childhood Certificate with a minimum of 60%.
              Credits
              2.00

              ECCE 260 Health Care in Infant and Toddler Programs includes the planning, establishment and maintenance of a safe and healthy environment regarding: food preparation and handling, planning nutritious snacks and meals, diapering/toileting, accident prevention and hazard identification, medication, illness management and assessment, modelling healthy practices and utilizing community health resources.

              Prerequisites
              In order to receive transferability (course credit) for courses in the ECCE Post Basic certificate in Infant/Toddler, a student must have completed the Basic Early Childhood Certificate with a minimum of 60%.
              Credits
              2.00

              ECCE 285 Practices with Infants and Toddlers. This culmination course is designed to prepare the student to work as an Early Childhood Educator with children under three years. Emphasis will be on professional decision making; designing and implementing a safe nurturing inclusive program. This course builds on and expands knowledge from the basic ECCE program regarding early childhood theory, philosophies, historical approaches and high quality care.

              Prerequisites
              Completion of the Selkirk College ECCE Basic Program, or equivalent with acceptance into the Post-Basic Infant Toddler Program.
              Credits
              6.00
              • ECCE 294 Practicum II will take place for 6 weeks from beginning of semester to reading break
              • ECCE 285 Practices with Infants and Toddlers will begin after ECCE 294 after reading break for 12 hours per week
              • ECCE 200 Infant Growth and Development and ECCE 260 Health Care in Infant Toddler Programs will be online
              Term 6
              Required Courses

              ECCE 282 Infant/Toddler Observation Practicum provides the student with opportunities for supervised practical experience and directed observation of individual infants and toddlers as well as group settings designed for infants and toddlers. Ten hours of individual child observations may be done in homes, family day care, or other informal settings. The forty hours of Infant-Toddler Centre observations will be arranged in a variety of locations.

              Prerequisites
              Early Childhood Education Certificate. Available only to students accepted into the program.
              Credits
              2.00

              ECCE 286 Infant Toddler Practicum experience is designed to provide the student, under supervision, with opportunities to apply and consolidate knowledge and skills in working with infants and toddlers in group settings. Five weeks in length, this block practicum places each student in an early childhood setting for children under age three.

              Prerequisites
              ECCE 285 , ECCE 200, ECCE 260 and HSER 267. Early Childhood Education Certificate and successful completion of the listed prerequisites with a minimum of 60%.
              Corequisites
              ECCE 282
              Credits
              6.00

              HSER 267 Leadership in Human Services provides a basic introduction to leadership concepts. Students self-reflect as they explore the concepts of emotional intelligence, leadership style, and the qualities and attributes of an effective leader. Students create a plan for developing personal leadership skills and have opportunities to improve their leadership performance in managing conflict, overcoming obstacles, and establishing a constructive climate.

              Prerequisites
              Human Services Certificate or Instructor's permission.
              Credits
              3.00

              Effective Term:

              Fall

              Effective Year:

              20240801

              Advanced Standing:

              A. TRANSFER CREDIT

              1. Transfer credit will be given for university transfer courses equivalent to Selkirk College courses, providing a grade of "C" or better was achieved.

              2. Applications for transfer credit from other ECCE, SSW or EACSW programs will be reviewed with provincial articulation agreements and considered on an individual basis; applicants may be required to provide detailed course outlines.

              B. ADVANCE OR PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA)

              1. Advance credit in core program courses may be granted by the School Chair or designate after evaluation of the applicant’s mastery of course objectives. See program specific guidelines for PLA.

              2. Credit for Final Practicum will not be awarded through PLA in the ECCE IT diploma program.

              .

              Re-Entry Instructions:

              1. An application is required for enrolment in program courses in subsequent years.

              2. Normally, students who must interrupt their program may apply for re-admission, within one year of departure, on the basis of the following priorities:

              a) Students in good standing who interrupted their program for illness or other personal reasons.

              b) Students who failed to meet program requirements for promotion.

              c) Students transferring from another program within BC.

              3. Students who fail to complete a semester successfully may apply to re-enter and repeat the incomplete semester when it is next offered. (Normally, there is a period of 12 months between offerings of a course or semester.)

              4. Normally, a student returning in one year or less will retain full credit for all courses previously completed. After more than one year's absence, students may be required to update or repeat courses previously completed. A grade of "C" or credit granted in each repeated course is required for re-entry.

              5. Students who withdraw for medical or compassionate reasons will provide evidence to the School Chair from a licensed practitioner regarding the suitability of his/her return to the program.

              6. Students must complete the program in its entirety within 60 calendar months from the time of initial entry into the program.

              7. Re-entry full-time students who have successfully completed their previous year are given priority over part time students.

              .

              Assessment:

              Grading for theory courses will be as per the Standard Academic and Career Grading Table as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading. Grading for practicum courses will be as per the Competency Based Grades as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading.

              .

              Grading Table:

              Other

              Types of Assessments:

              Assignments

              (i) Students absent from a class, for any reason, are responsible for the course material they have missed. They may be required to make up missed assignments, activities, and/or practicum hours as required by the instructor if learning outcomes are not being met.

              (ii) Dates and times are set for all assessments. Students are informed of the dates and times at the beginning of the course and are expected to organize their schedule accordingly. If a student is absent for a reasonable cause (e.g., illness, family emergency, adverse weather conditions, etc.), they may be allowed a make-up test/exam on the first day they return to the program (please check the program’s handbook for specific details). A physician’s note for illness, or a note substantiating the family emergency, may be required prior to arranging the make-up testing.

              (iii) Students are expected to notify the course instructor before the scheduled assessment if they are unable to complete the assessment. Whether they will be able to reschedule the assessments will be addressed on a case-by-case basis. If the student does not notify the instructor, they may forfeit their opportunity for a make-up assessment.

              (iv) For courses involving practicum placements evaluation occurs on a continuous basis and graded CRG or NCG as per the Competency Based Selkirk Grading Table in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading. All practicum activities may be considered evaluative events. Informal verbal and/or written feedback is regularly provided by the instructor and practicum supervisors. Depending on the length of the course there may be one or more performance appraisals or evaluations.

              .

              Attendance:

              1. Students absent for 20% or more in a given course may be placed on behavioural probation.

              2. Students absent from any courses are responsible for the work they have missed and must make up assignments as required.

              3. Students are responsible to inform the instructor in advance of any absences.

              4. Students participating in on-line classes are expected to access and read all materials posted on their course site. If any aspect of the course has not been opened and/or participated in the student will be considered absent for that class.

              .

              Professional Requirements:

              1. Codes of Ethics and Competencies
              Students are expected to know, understand, and abide by the applicable Codes of Ethics:

              a) Early Childhood Educator.

              .

              2. Guidelines for Professional Conduct
              In addition, students are expected to consistently demonstrate professional conduct based on the following guidelines:

              a) exercise personal discipline, accountability, and judgement

              b) accept personal responsibility for continued competency and learning

              c) assist and serve the public, client or patient and place them before oneself

              d) recognize the dignity and worth of all persons in any level of society

              e) assist others in learning

              f) recognize one’s own limitations and areas for development, and

              g) maintain confidentiality of information appropriate to the purpose and trust given when that information is acquired.
              Professional Conduct will be measured by one’s professional abilities, personal integrity, and the attitude one demonstrates in relationship with others.

              .

              3. Students who violate these professional standards may be required to withdraw from their Program.

              .

              4. Students may be required to withdraw when ethical, medical, or other reasons interfere with the satisfactory completion of their Program.

              .

              Other Regulations:

              RESPONSIBILITIES IN FIELD PRACTICUM PLACEMENTS

              1. The selection of practicum placements is the responsibility of the program faculty. Students will not actively seek practicum sites.

              2. Students will not provide transportation for clients while on practicum.

              3. Students will not administer medications to clients while on practicum.

              4. Students without supervision of agency staff will not be responsible for clients when off agency premises unless college instructor approval is given prior to the event. ECCE students, without supervision of agency staff will not be responsible under any circumstance for children off agency premises.

              .

              Engineering Transfer - Certificate

              Program at a Glance
              Length
              1 year
              Credential
              Certificate
              Delivery Method
              On Campus
              Campus
              Castlegar
              Intake Dates
              Fall
              Contacts
              University Arts & Sciences Admissions
              Enrolment Officer
              Phone
              1 (888) 953-1133
              Direct
              1 (250) 365-7292
              Duff Sutherland
              UAS School Chair, Instructor
              Phone
              1 (888) 953-1133
              21318
              Direct
              1 (250) 365-1318
                Overview

                Engineers are thinkers and builders who apply science and math to every aspect of modern life. They design and develop the products and processes that we use every day. Engineering is a solid career path leading to high-paying jobs and satisfying work.

                You’ll learn how to make your mark in physical structures in our first-year Engineering Transfer (Applied Science) program. By starting your studies with us, you’ll get a strong background in math and physics and a firm foundation for your degree’s remaining three years.

                Successful completion of this certificate program allows you to transfer your credits towards an engineering degree at UBC, UBC Okanagan, SFU, UVic, or the University of Alberta. Students who achieve a minimum GPA of 2.7 and complete the program in two semesters may take advantage of a guaranteed entry agreement to the UBC Okanagan Engineering degree. These students will also be considered for entry to UBC Vancouver on the same basis as UBC Vancouver students.

                Program Outcomes

                Upon successful completion of this program, learners will be able to:

                1. Explain terms, concepts and theories of introductory-level science and their potential engineering application
                2. Communicate professionally using discipline-specific technical language
                3. Read, write and communicate effectively and creatively across technical disciplines
                4. Demonstrate developing critical, creative and problem-solving thinking skills
                5. Follow laboratory guidelines, processes and protocols
                6. Demonstrate developing applied research skills
                7. Apply developing quantitative reasoning skills
                8. Apply the scientific method and explain its relationship to applied science
                9. Use current and emerging technology
                10. Conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner in academic and professional environments

                Admission to the one-year Engineering Transfer (Applied Science) program requires the completion of the following courses (or equivalents) with a minimum grade of 80% in each course unless otherwise stated:

                • Chemistry 12
                • Pre-calculus 12 or Principles of Math 12
                • Physics 12
                • English Studies 12 with a minimum of 67%

                If you are interested in the program, but do not have the prerequisites, please contact the school chair. We will look at pathways for motivated students. This mode of entry may extend the length of your program. Completion within one year has some transfer benefits.

                Additional Requirements

                NOTE: Applicants may be required to complete the College Readiness Tool (CRT) in reading, writing and mathematics, which will be used for advising purposes to support student success in the program. Program chairs, advisors or counsellors, in consultation with Assessment Services, will determine which subtests of the CRT may be completed to support applicants' personal learning plans.

                APPLICATION PROCESS
                Applicants must submit a completed application form and other required documents (i.e. secondary school and any post-secondary transcripts, application package) to the Registrar’s office.

                Graduation and Promotion

                To achieve a credential in this program, you must complete all course requirements (36 credits) and achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.00.

                PROMOTION

                1. Student academic progress is governed by Policy 8615. Students must meet all course pre-requisites.

                2. Students who are found to be without the required graded in the pre-requisite course or who have not received permission from the instructor and School Chair may be withdrawn.

                *Bachelor of Applied Science (engineering) degree programs may require two semesters of first-year English, or one semester of first-year College Composition and one semester of Technical Writing and Communications (TWC 130), or one semester of College Composition and Introduction to Programming II (CPSC 101), or one semester of College Composition and a humanities elective. Check the appropriate university calendar for details and/or see a Selkirk College counsellor.

                Required Courses
                Term 1

                CHEM 120 Chemistry for Engineering is a one-semester general chemistry course fulfilling the chemistry requirement for transfer into engineering programs, emphasizing aspects of physical chemistry. The course begins with thermochemistry, followed by classical and quantum mechanical concepts used to discuss atomic and molecular structure. The course continues with an investigation of gases, and consideration of the intermolecular forces in liquids and solids. An investigation of reaction rates (kinetics) is followed with the principles of equilibria applied to pure substances and aqueous solutions of acids, bases and salts. The laws of thermodynamics applied to chemical systems are introduced. The course concludes with a unit on electrochemistry. The lab work stresses scientific observations and measurements using chemical syntheses and quantitative analyses.

                Prerequisites
                Chemistry 12, Pre-calculus 12, Physics 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 80%. English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
                Credits
                3.00

                CPSC 100 Introduction to Computer Programming I is an introductory object-oriented (OO) programming course with emphasis on basic programming constructs, algorithms, program design, and good programming practices. This course will introduce a high-level language to illustrate programming basics. Students will develop and test small OO programs which loop, make decisions, access arrays, define classes, instantiate objects, and invoke methods.

                Prerequisites
                Math 12
                Credits
                3.00

                ENGL 110 introduces students to the world of scholarly writing -- reading it, thinking about it, and producing it as academic researchers. Students will explore how professional and/or academic writers across disciplines communicate to a variety of audiences. Students will practice active reading, writing and critical thinking skills by conducting scholarly research on a topic. This course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge they need to write effectively within academic contexts.

                Prerequisites
                English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                Credits
                3.00

                ENGR 100 Engineering Design and Communication I is an introduction to the principles of engineering design, engineering drawing and sustainable practice. This knowledge will be applied to practical projects to be undertaken by teams of learners. Learners experience integrated development and demonstrate writing, research, design and presentation skills through research and a design project.

                 

                ENGR 100 is a requirement for all students completing the First-Year Engineering Transfer program.

                Prerequisites
                Admission to the First-Year Engineering Transfer program.
                Credits
                3

                MATH 100 Calculus I is a course designed to provide students with the background in calculus needed for further studies. This course includes a review of functions and graphs; limits; the derivative of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions; applications of the derivative including related rates, maxima, minima, velocity and acceleration; the definite integral; an introduction to elementary differential equations; and applications of integration including velocity, acceleration, areas, and growth and decay problems.

                Prerequisites
                Pre-Calculus 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                Credits
                3.00

                Physics 104 Fundamental Physics I is a calculus based overview of the fundamentals of classical mechanics. This course is suitable for those interested in further study in the physical sciences and in engineering. Classical mechanics describes the physical phenomena occurring in the real world around us. We study linear and rotational motion of objects, and then consider how forces cause motion, using Newton's laws. We next use conservation of energy and conservation of momentum to describe the motion of objects. Finally we investigate heat transfer and simple harmonic motion. These topics form a basis for future physical science and engineering courses.

                Prerequisites
                Physics 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                Corequisites
                MATH 100
                Credits
                3.00
                Term 2

                ENGR 101 Engineering Design and Communication II integrates instruction and activities in technical communications (written and oral) with engineering design. The learner will be introduced to fundamental principles and practical aspects of mechanical, electrical, and software engineering and will apply this knowledge in developing and implementing designs. The design methodology first covered in the ENGR 100 Engineering Design and Communication I course will continue to be developed. Learners will work in teams to execute a design project. Major written assignments will be based primarily on the design work done in this course.

                Prerequisites
                ENGR 100
                Credits
                3.0

                MATH 101 Calculus II is a sequel to Math 100 for students who wish to major in science, math or engineering and includes the definite integral, applications of the definite integral to volume, arc length and surface area of revolution; inverse trig functions; techniques of integration; improper integrals; parametric equations and polar coordinates; linear first order differential equations; and an introduction to infinite series; convergence and power series; Taylor Polynomials.

                Prerequisites
                MATH 100, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                Credits
                3.00

                Math 221 Introductory Linear Algebra. Topics covered in the course include the solution of systems of linear equations through Gaussian elimination; matrices and matrix algebra; vector spaces and their subspaces; coordinate mappings and other linear transformations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; similarity and diagonalization; and constructions involving inner products such as orthogonal projections, the construction of Gram-Schmidt bases and least-square approximations. Although the course devotes a substantial amount of time to computational techniques, it should also lead the student to develop geometrical intuitions, to appreciate and understand mathematical abstraction, and to construct some elementary proofs.

                Prerequisites
                Math 100 or equivalent, with a minimum of 60%
                Credits
                3.00

                PHYS 105 Fundamental Physics II is a calculus-based survey of the basics of electromagnetism. This course is suitable for those interested in further study in the physical sciences and in engineering. Electricity and magnetism form the basis for all modern electrical devices we utilize today and design for the future. We first study electrostatics of particles and simple objects. Then we investigate circuits involving electrical devices such as resistors, capacitors, and inductors. We next study how electricity and magnetism interact with each other both in circuits and in waves. Finally we look at modern subjects in physics such as semiconductors or nuclear physics. These topics form a basis for future physical science and engineering courses.

                Prerequisites
                PHYS 104 and MATH 100 with a minimum of 60%
                Corequisites
                MATH 101
                Credits
                3.00

                PHYS 200 Principles of Mechanics, is an introduction to equilibrium mechanics. It is the study of the forces required to maintain equilibrium of a rigid body. Vectors, free body diagrams, forces, and moments will be introduced to provide the mathematical framework for setting up equations to solve equilibrium problems in three dimensions. Some applications include analysis of beams, trusses, frames, distributed loads, dry friction, and centroids. This course is generally for students enrolled in the engineering transfer program.

                Prerequisites
                PHYS 105, MATH 101 or equivalent with minimum of 60%, or admission to the First-year Engineering Transfer Program.
                Credits
                3.00
                Elective Courses

                The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                Take:

                one (1) 100-level elective (Students are strongly advised to consult program policy for additional details regarding elective)

                See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                CPSC 101 Introduction to Computer Programming II course is a continuation of CPSC 100 with emphasis on more advanced programming techniques and design, development and test of large applications. Students will write programs which make use of library functions to display graphical user interfaces, manage collections of data, access files and databases, and interact with other programs.

                Prerequisites
                CPSC 100, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                Credits
                3.00

                TWC 130 Technical Writing and Communications aims to prepare engineering students to present complex information to a variety of audiences clearly, precisely and consistently using various formats, including correspondence (memos, letters, emails, text messages), reports, proposals, and presentations. The course is writing-intensive with informal in-class writing assignments aimed at giving the student consistent practice at writing and revision. Students will collaborate through teamwork on writing, research, design and presentations.

                Prerequisites
                Admission to the First-Year Engineering Transfer program.
                Corequisites
                ENGR 101
                Credits
                3

                All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

                Effective Term:

                Fall

                Effective Year:

                20240801

                Advanced Standing:

                A student may obtain credit for a maximum of 75% of program requirements by transfer credit, advanced placement, prior learning assessment or combination thereof.

                .

                Re-Entry Instructions:

                Reentry is at the discretion of the program unless it contravenes college policy.

                .

                Assessment:

                Grades will be assigned in accordance with Standard Academic and Career Programs Grading Table in Policy 8612.

                .

                Grading Table:

                Standard Academic and Career Programs

                Types of Assessments:

                Types of Assessments (i.e., exams, seminar assignments, essays, reports, group projects, presentations, demonstrations, etc.)

                1. Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                2. Exams, essays, projects, reports, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                Supplemental Assessment(s)

                Supplemental examinations are not available for First-Year Engineering Transfer program courses.

                .

                Attendance:

                Students absent from class for any reasons are responsible for the work they have missed. They must make up assignments as required, usually within two weeks of the missed class. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor when an absence is required.

                .

                English - Associate of Arts Degree

                Program at a Glance
                Length
                2 years
                Credential
                Associate Degree
                Delivery Method
                On Campus
                Campus
                Castlegar
                Intake Dates
                Fall
                Winter
                Spring
                Contacts
                Duff Sutherland
                UAS School Chair, Instructor
                Phone
                1 (888) 953-1133
                21318
                Direct
                1 (250) 365-1318
                University Arts & Sciences Contact
                Phone
                1 (888) 953-1133
                21205
                Direct
                1 (250) 365-1205
                  Overview

                  Do you love words and stories? Literature invites you to participate in experiences and ideas beyond your own and grants you access to some of history’s and today’s most imaginative minds. Studying English is a great place to start if you are interested in exploring philosophy, sociology or politics. You can also continue towards an Associate of Arts degree in English at Selkirk (two years) and then a Bachelor of Arts degree in English (two more years at a university).

                  Program Outcomes

                  Upon successful completion of an Associate of Arts program, learners will be able to:

                  1. Explain terms, concepts and theories of the discipline(s)
                  2. Read, write and communicate effectively and creatively across academic disciplines
                  3. Ask informed questions to deepen the level of enquiry
                  4. Use quantitative and qualitative evidence to support claims
                  5. Research and analyze evidence from scholarly and professional publications
                  6. Synthesize and summarize literature and data
                  7. Demonstrate developing critical, creative thinking, and problem-solving skills
                  8. Use current and emerging technology
                  9. Demonstrate collaborative skills in a multicultural environment
                  10. Conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner in an academic environment

                  In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, as outlined in Policy 8600: Pre-Admissions Basic Skills Assessment (College Readiness Tool CRT), and Policy 8611: Admissions, Applicants to the University Arts and Sciences Program must meet the following requirements to be considered fully qualified:

                  Academic

                  a) Students entering UAS courses, with the exceptions in 2- below, require at least 60% or better in English Studies 12, or equivalent. Students who do not meet this requirement must write the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test and achieve a minimum of level 4 to attain equivalency.

                  b) French 102, Spanish 102, and English 51 do not require B.C. English Studies 12 or equivalent as a prerequisite. However, students enrolled in the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program wishing to take English 51 will be governed by the relevant policies and procedures of the International Education Program.

                  c) The English Studies 12 prerequisite may be waived for exceptional grade 12 students in the Transitions Program. Credit for transitions courses will be withheld until a grade of 60% or better in English Studies 12 is achieved.

                  d) Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the College’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.

                  e) Additional admission requirements may be necessary for particular certificate programs, diploma programs or associate degrees. Course prerequisites and program admission requirements are defined in the appendices at the end of this document, in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the College website www.selkirk.ca

                  f) Mature students must meet the English Studies 12 requirement and additional course requirements as specified in the college calendar.

                  Additional Requirements
                  • Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the college’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.
                  • Mature students must meet the English 12 requirement.
                  • If you are a student who lacks the admission requirements, you may still gain entry to the program by taking a combination of Academic Upgrading and university courses in your first year. This may extend the length of your program.
                  Graduation and Promotion

                  All Associate of Arts students are required to complete:

                  • Two semester courses in first-year English
                  • Six semester courses in first-year Arts in two or more subject areas
                  • Three semester courses in UAS science and math at the 100 level or higher, of which, one must be a lab science and one must be a UAS math, statistics or computer science course
                  • Biology 101, Geography 130 and 232, and Geology are considered lab sciences
                  • Six semester courses in second-year Arts in two or more subject areas
                  • Six additional UAS courses
                  • Students must achieve a GPA of 2.00

                  Students are advised to meet with an academic counsellor and to ensure that their course selections will meet the degree requirements of the subsequent institution(s) they plan to attend.

                  Note: This is a suggested listing of courses for a two-year Associate of Arts degree in English.

                  Associate Degrees

                  The Associate Degree is a formally established credential recognized province-wide. Graduation from this program requires the completion of sixty (60) credits of university-level study in selected areas with an overall GPA of 2.0. For details, see the B.C. Council of Admissions and Transfers at (www.bctransferguide.ca)

                  The School of University Arts and Sciences offers an Associate of Arts Degree program and an Associate of Science Degree program. It also offers specialized associate degree programs focusing on particular disciplines. The admission requirements, graduation requirements, and course of studies for each program are defined in the appendices at the end of this document, in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the College website at www.selkirk.ca

                  Term 1
                  Required Courses

                  ENGL 110 introduces students to the world of scholarly writing -- reading it, thinking about it, and producing it as academic researchers. Students will explore how professional and/or academic writers across disciplines communicate to a variety of audiences. Students will practice active reading, writing and critical thinking skills by conducting scholarly research on a topic. This course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge they need to write effectively within academic contexts.

                  Prerequisites
                  English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                  Credits
                  3.00
                  Elective Courses

                  The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options

                  Take:

                  one (1) 100-level Arts-Humanities elective

                  one (1) 100-level Arts-Social Sciences elective

                  At least one (1) 100-level Math/Science elective

                  one (1) additional Arts elective

                  See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                  Term 2
                  Required Courses

                  ENGL 111 Introduction to Literature is about living more intensely. Rather than providing answers, literature prompts us to ask better questions of ourselves and each other. Drama, poetry, short stories, and novels will guide us in discussion, reflection, and writing about literature.

                  Prerequisites
                  English 110, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                  Credits
                  3.00
                  Elective Courses

                  The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options

                  Take:

                  one (1) 100-level Arts-Humanities elective

                  one (1) 100-level Arts-Social Sciences elective

                  At least one (1) 100-level Math/Science elective

                  one (1) additional Arts elective

                  See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                  Term 3
                  Required Courses

                  ENGL 200 A Survey of English Literature I. ''In spring folk long to go on pilgrimage'' so begins Geoffrey Chaucerï's 14th century masterpiece of the English tradition, The Canterbury Tales. In English 200, we will set out on a pilgrimage which honours the living beauty of the English language and its greatest writers such as Spenser, Shakespeare and Donne, ending in the 17th century with Milton.

                  Prerequisites
                  ENGL 111, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                  Credits
                  3.00

                  ENGL 202 Canadian Literature I: Indigenous Voices. From the earliest narratives, Euro Canadian writing has framed our understanding of Indigenous peoples. We will examine the works of Indigenous writers from across Canada. Reading and discussion will give us an opportunity to understand First People's literature, including the response to colonialism, and to experience the vitality of First People's cultures, imaginations, and ways of knowing.

                  Prerequisites
                  ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Note: Pre-requisites may be waived with the permission of the Instructor.
                  Credits
                  3.00
                  or

                  ENGL 204 Children's Literature I - From Rags to Riches and Worlds of Magic. From folktales and urban legends to traditional and literary fairy tales, particularly the collections of Charles Perrault and the Brothers Grimm as well as Hans Christian Andersen and others, this course explores the roots of children's literature, including modern fantasy, such as J.K. Rowling's Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone, J.M. Barrie's Peter Pan, Kenneth Graeme's The Wind in the Willows, and Charles Dickens' A Christmas Carol.

                  Prerequisites
                  ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Note: Pre-requisites may be waived with the permission of the Instructor.
                  Credits
                  3.00
                  Elective Courses

                  The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options

                  Take:

                  one (1) 200-level Arts elective - not English

                  one (1) 200-level Arts elective

                  one (1) 100- or 200-level general elective

                  See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                  Term 4
                  Required Courses

                  ENGL 201 A Survey of English Literature II. From the calm reason of the Enlightenment to the passion of the Romantics, we still live out the questions first asked by the brilliant writers of 18th and 19th Centuries. In the company of such authors as Pope, Swift, Wollstonecraft, Keats, Wordsworth, and Austen, we continue our pilgrimage into culture, belief, and literary achievement begun in the previous semester with English 200.

                  Prerequisites
                  ENGL 200 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                  Credits
                  3.00

                  ENGL 203 Canadian Literature II: Contemporary Voices. In our multicultural society and globalized world, what is so Canadian about Canadian literature? In this course we trace the emergence of Canadian literature on the world stage and how such writers frame connections between literature, nation, identity and culture.

                  Prerequisites
                  ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%, or written permission of the Instructor and School Chair.
                  Credits
                  3.00
                  or

                  ENGL 205 Children's Literature II: From Hell to Heaven and Everything in Between. From medieval to modern times, this course traces the development of literature enjoyed by and written for children. Early works include the ''Hell-fire'' tales of the Puritans to the Golden Age stories of the nineteenth century. We explore landmark novels such as Louisa May Alcott's Little Women, Robert Louis Stevenson's Treasure Island, and Lucy Maud Montgomery's Anne of Green Gables. We'll also examine the social issues and controversies provoked by poetry, picture books, and prose.

                  Prerequisites
                  ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
                  Credits
                  3.00
                  Elective Courses

                  The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options

                  Take:

                  one (1) 200-level Arts elective - not English

                  one (1) 200-level Arts elective

                  one (1) 100- or 200-level general elective

                  See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                  Effective Term:

                  Fall, Winter, Spring

                  Effective Year:

                  20240801

                  Advanced Standing:

                  A. ADVANCE CREDIT

                  1. Transfer credit in first and second year UAS courses will be given for equivalent courses taken in the last ten years (five years recommended for Biology) from an accredited post-secondary institution. All prerequisite courses require a minimum grade of 60%. Students who have completed such course(s) more than ten years earlier (five years recommended for Biology) require permission from the School Chair to receive transfer credit at Selkirk College.

                  B. PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA) Selkirk College Policy 8614 Advanced Standing: Course Challenge, and Transfer Credit.

                  1. Students may apply to prove their currency in an individual course by challenging the course(s) in question under the Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) process.

                  2. The School Chair in consultation with the appropriate faculty member(s) will decide whether a student may undertake a course challenge through PLA. Students should be aware that some universities may not accept credits received through the PLA process.

                  3. Students must apply for transfer credit or PLA in a timely manner so that they may register for the course in question if transfer credit(s) is denied or PLA is unsuccessful.

                  .

                  Assessment:

                  Grading

                  a) Grading will be as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612. The grading table applicable to each course will be identified on the course outline.

                  a) Students need to complete all the components of a course as indicated on the course outline. Students failing to meet this criterion will receive a maximum grade of 49 percent.

                  b) Courses with a lab/seminar and lecture may require passing both lecture and lab/seminar in order to pass the course. If this requirement applies to a course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                  c) For some online courses, students must pass the final exam to receive a passing grade in the course regardless of their grade to date, and students who fail the final exam will receive a maximum grade of 49%. If this requirement applies to an online course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                  d) If an assignment is not submitted by the due date identified on the course outline, the mark for the assignment could be reduced by as much as 100%. Students seeking an extension must consult with their instructors. It is the right of individual instructors to implement this policy. All instructors will outline their policies with respect to missed or late assignments in their current course outlines.

                  .

                  Grading Table:

                  Standard Academic and Career Programs

                  Types of Assessments:

                  Types of Evaluations (i.e., exams, seminar assignments, essays, reports, group projects, presentations, demonstrations, etc.)

                  a) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                  b) Exams, essays, projects, reports, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                  .

                  Program Specific Regulations:

                  A. ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: CHEATING AND PLAGIARISM (Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism)

                  The School of University Arts and Sciences values true academic endeavour, and believes that evaluative events including examinations, essays, reports, and other assignments should honestly reflect student learning. All students are governed by Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism. It is the student’s responsibility to be familiar with content of this policy and to seek clarification from an instructor when needed.

                  B. ACADEMIC PROGRESS (Promotion)

                  Students academic progress is governed by Policy 8615:

                  a) Students must meet all course prerequisites.

                  b) Students who are found to be without the required grade in the prerequisite course or who have not received permission from the instructor and School Chair may be withdrawn.

                  C. PROBATION (Policy 8619: Student Probation)

                  Students may be placed on academic probation, behavioural probation, or both in accordance with Policy 8619: Probation is not intended to be punitive; however, the conditions of the probation must be met to be removed from probation and failure to meet the conditions will have consequences that may include withdrawal from a course or program.

                  D. WITHDRAWING

                  Students may choose to, or be required to withdraw from, the course(s), the program or the College as per Selkirk College Policy 8616: Withdrawal. This policy governs procedures, deadlines, refunds, and the consequences of withdrawing.

                  E. APPEAL (Policy 8400: Student Appeals)

                  The educational process at Selkirk College incorporates the joint efforts of students and the services provided to the students by the institution. Although in most instances students and the College faculty, administration and staff cooperate during the learning process, Selkirk College recognizes that occasional disputes between students and the College can arise. To every extent possible, disagreements should be resolved through informal discussions between the parties involved. If this discussion does not bring resolution, the procedures outlined in Policy 8400 apply.

                  .

                  Attendance:

                  1. Attendance at scheduled lectures, laboratories, field trips, seminars, tutorials, and examinations is mandatory.

                  2. Students absent from class for any reasons are responsible for the work they have missed. They must make up assignments as required, usually within two weeks of the missed class. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor when an absence is required.

                  .

                  Other Regulations:

                  Examination Policy

                  a) Final examinations are held in most courses during the examination period at the end of each semester. The dates of the examination period are listed on the Selkirk College Website.

                  b) Students will not be permitted to write final examinations at alternate times unless there is a compelling reason. Examples of compelling reasons include: illness (documented), death in the family (documented), jury duty and traffic accident. Examples of non-compelling reasons: family vacation/reunion, previously arranged travel plans (e.g., seat sales).

                  c) Academic honesty is expected. Therefore, the following will not be tolerated during exams:

                  (i) Making use of any books, notes or materials other than those authorized by the examiners.

                  (ii) Communicating with other candidates.

                  (iii) Exposing written papers to the view of other candidates.

                  (iv) Leaving the examination room unescorted during an exam.

                  (v) Unauthorized use of cell phones or other electronic devices.

                  (vi) Disciplinary action would, at a minimum, result in the examination paper being given a grade of zero.

                  (vii) Supplemental examinations are not available for School of University Arts and Science courses.

                  .

                  Environmental Programs First-year Requirements

                  Program at a Glance
                  Length
                  2 years
                  Campus
                  Castlegar
                  Intake Dates
                  Fall
                    Overview

                    Our nationally-accredited environmental science programs offer you a common first year where you will study alongside all School of Environment and Geomatics students, after choosing and being accepted into one of our three diplomas. After completing your core competencies, you will move into your selected diploma program for a specialized second year. We focus on experiential, hands-on outdoor learning in each of these nationally-accredited environmental science programs.

                    Program Outcomes

                    Successful completion of these high-school or equivalent courses:

                    • Foundations of Mathematics 11 with a minimum of 67% or higher
                    • Biology 11 with a minimum of 67% or higher
                    • English Studies 12 with a minimum of 67% or higher

                    NOTE: Applicants in Grade 12 at the time of application must show proof of registration or completion of the above courses.

                    Additional Requirements

                    Applicants that require upgrading may still gain provisional acceptance for program seats if they can show proof of registration (with time for likely completion) of prerequisite high school courses before Fall term start dates.

                    All applicants must be in good health and reasonably good physical condition. A demonstrated interest in, and aptitude for, outdoor work is essential as much of the work is done in the field, often under adverse and arduous weather and topographic conditions. A self-assessment fitness check list is available on request.

                    Computer competency is an important element of success in the program. Prior to starting the program, it is strongly recommended that students have entry level experience with word processor, spreadsheet, and web browsing software. Check out Selkirk College Community Education & Workplace Training computer courses.

                    Students must choose their major at the time of application.

                    Graduation and Promotion

                    In order to receive your credential in your program you must maintain a minimum GPA of 2.00.

                    Term 1

                    ENVR 150 Hydrology I is an introductory study of water in our environment including its properties, the natural processes which affect it, and climate and weather. Students will gain practical experience in the collection and analysis of field and laboratory data using standard techniques and equipment.

                    Credits
                    3.00

                    ENVR 160 Surveying and Field Measurements is an introduction to the practical use of common survey instruments and techniques used by Environmental technicians. As well, the course will introduce the student to various sampling methods used to collect, assess, classify, and evaluate field data. Emphasis is placed on the proper care and use of basic surveying and measurement tools and the skills involved in collecting and interpreting precise and accurate field data.

                    Prerequisites
                    Program admission requirements
                    Credits
                    3.00

                    ENVR 162 Applied Botany and Ecosystem Classification is an introduction to the principles of Botany and Ecosystem Classification. Botany lectures will focus on plant classification, botanical terms, plant morphology, and plant physiology. Topics include: plant cell structure, plant tissue function and structure, photosynthesis and respiration, transpiration and translocation. Botany labs will focus on learning to identify about 100 native plants commonly found in the West Kootenay Region of B.C., specifically key indicator species. Ecology lectures will focus on ecosystem classification using the Biogeoclimatic Ecosystem Classification System (BEC) of B.C. Other key topics include the study of climatic factors, disturbance and succession, landscapes and stand structure. Ecology labs focus on classifying ecosystems (including soils, site and vegetation) to site series using BEC. Labs are mainly field based.

                    Prerequisites
                    Program admission requirement
                    Corequisites
                    ENVR 164
                    Credits
                    3.00

                    ENVR 164 Soil and Earth Sciences will cover the identification of common rocks and minerals, landforms and soils of British Columbia. Learners will be introduced to the study of physical geology and geomorphology in relation to management of the forest environment and landscape. Learners will gain skills and knowledge in rock and mineral identification, description of the physical and chemical qualities of soils, and identification and classification of landforms and terrain. Skills will also be developed with respect to interpretation of geology, landforms and soils for environmental management.

                    Credits
                    3.00

                    ENVR 190 Computer Applications I builds on student’s previously acquired computer skills. Computer applications specific to career opportunities in the environment and geomatics sector will be covered. This will include proper file management techniques for the geomatics environment, Microsoft (MS) Word processing for report writing, MS PowerPoint use for presentations, and MS Excel for data entry, analysis and visualization.

                    Prerequisites
                    Admissions into the program.
                    Credits
                    1.00

                    MATH 160 Technical Math Review is a mathematical review course for first-year students in the School of Environment and Geomatics (SEG) diploma programs. This course will provide a review of mathematical concepts which you will need for your other SEG courses. Materials to be covered include: unit conversions, trigonometry, exponentials and logarithms, problem solving, slope calculations, distance and direction calculations.

                    Prerequisites
                    Acceptance to SEG Diploma programs.
                    Credits
                    3.00

                    TWC 150 Introduction to Technical Writing and Communications I is an introduction to general principles in written technical communication and their application to environmental concerns and workplace communication. Classroom sessions focus on developing writing skills, the organization and presentation of data, basic report formats, and job search techniques.

                    Prerequisites
                    Admission to the School of Environment and Geomatics
                    Credits
                    3.00
                    Term 2

                    ENVR 158 Introduction to Geomatics is an introduction to applied mapping and geographic information systems (GIS) theory and applications. The first half of the course will be focused on introducing basic uses of remotely sensed imagery and exploring applied mapping technologies, including Google Earth and Internet Mapping websites. The second half of the semester will be focused on learning basic Geographic Information System concepts and applying GIS technologies to environmental, renewable resource management, and planning fields. Emphasis will be placed on how geographic data is represented, collected, managed, analyzed, and displayed using GIS tools. Hands-on experience will be developed with desktop GIS software, ESRI's ArcGIS for Desktop.

                    Credits
                    2.00

                    ENVR 163 Terrestrial Ecology and Biology builds upon the concepts from ENVR 162 with further studies of local forest ecosystems. Students will identify key forest structural components and study the role that disturbance (such as fire), environmental gradients, and competition play in defining a species' niche. Participants will also examine the role of primary and secondary growth, nutrient uptake, reproduction, and survival mechanisms for plants. Winter plant identification, ecosystem form and function, and plant adaptations to timberline will also be examined. A practical field based assignment will form a major portion of the term assessment. This project includes collecting the data in the field, entering and analyzing the data in the computer lab, and presenting the data in a written scientific report.

                    Prerequisites
                    ENVR 162, ENVR 164
                    Credits
                    4.00

                    ENVR 170 Fish and Wildlife Ecology is designed to introduce students to the general ecological principles, taxonomy and management of fish and wildlife in British Columbia.

                    Prerequisites
                    ENVR 150, ENVR 162
                    Corequisites
                    ENVR 163
                    Credits
                    3.00

                    MATH 190 Resource Statistics I is an introductory applied statistics course for environment and geomatics students. Topics include: types of data, descriptive statistics, probability and random variables, discrete probability distributions, continuous probability distributions, confidence intervals, sample size, and hypothesis testing.

                    Prerequisites
                    MATH 160
                    Credits
                    3.00

                    TWC 151 Introduction to Technical Writing and Communications II is an introduction to general principles in written scientific communication, research strategies, and oral presentations. Lectures and in-class writing focus upon research strategies, the formal report, technical style, and graphic illustration. Students practice delivery techniques for oral presentations and learn research skills for research report preparation.

                    Prerequisites
                    TWC 150 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                    Credits
                    3.00
                    The following Field School course is a requirement to successfully complete the first year of your program.
                    Forestry Technology Major

                    FOR 278 Forest Technology Field School is designed to provide students with experiential, hands on skills and training, prior to the summer work season, and in preparation for the second year of the Forestry Technology program. This is accomplished over nine to ten days of practical field work at the end of the winter semester. Major projects include: S-100 fire suppression certification, Fire Smart Evaluations, Fuel Management Assessments and treatments, Tree planting, Woodlot Orientation.

                    Prerequisites
                    Successful completion of ENVR first-year courses with a minimum of 60% or with School Chair permission.
                    Credits
                    2.00
                    Integrated Environmental Planning Major

                    IEP 276 Ecological Restoration and Remediation will cover applied ecological restoration and remediation techniques common in the environmental planning and management fields. Restoration project planning and implementation will follow techniques developed by the International Society for Ecological Restoration (SER). Topics covered will include restoration research, project scoping and plan development, field data collection, plant propagation techniques, project implementation in the field, routine and intensive monitoring, and report preparation. Learners can expect to be in the field every day and working on data collection and synthesis during the evenings. This is an intensive 32-hour course offered in a one-week time block in the spring semester.

                    Prerequisites
                    Successful completion of the common first year SEG courses or permission of the Chair of the School of Environment & Geomatics. Normally all first-year courses must be completed with a grade of ''C'' or better.
                    Corequisites
                    None
                    Credits
                    1.00

                    IEP 277:  Environmental Planning Field Applications involves the development of a planning project in a local regional district. Learners will be involved in scoping of the environmental planning issues, stakeholder consultation, and design of critical planning elements. This is an intensive 35 hour course offered in a one-week time block in the spring semester.

                    Prerequisites
                    TWC 151 Introduction to Technical Communications II, MATH 291 Resource Statistics II, IEP 266 Applied Microbiology and IEP 280 Environmental Chemistry or permission from the Chair of the School of Environment and Geomatics. Successful completion of Year 1 courses with a grade of ''C'' or better.
                    Corequisites
                    None
                    Credits
                    1.00
                    Recreation, Fish and Wildlife Technology Major

                    RFW 255 RFW Field School is a two-week course in the spring where students learn and apply field-related skills directly in activities related to the recreation, fish and wildlife professional areas. Activities include canoeing, navigation, fish habitat surveys, habitat enhancement, wildlife survey, ATV safety, and trail work. Students who successfully complete the canoeing section will receive certification. Students who successfully complete the optional electrofishing section will also receive certification. The intention is to cover skills and learning objectives that do not fit well into a regular semester schedule. In addition, many of the activities are intended to prepare students for RFW 200 - Fall Field Study, and for summer employment.

                    Prerequisites
                    Admission to the second year of the RFW program.
                    Credits
                    2.00

                    F

                    Full-Stack Web Development - Postgraduate Diploma

                    Program at a Glance
                    Length
                    2 years
                    Credential
                    Diploma
                    Campus
                    Tenth Street
                    Intake Dates
                    Fall
                      Overview

                      The postgraduate diploma program in full-stack web development offers students the opportunity to build on previous computer-related education and experience and is targeted to students who want to pursue a career as a full-stack web developer.

                      Students learn to use HTML, CSS and JavaScript to control how content looks on the front end while developing server-side applications, servers and databases that drive the back end. 

                      Through lectures, collaboration, and hands-on assignments, students learn to:

                      • Write lean, elegant and efficient loading code
                      • Follow best practices when using web-based technologies
                      • Install, configure, secure and maintain web-based environments

                        Join us for an upcoming Info Session

                      Program Outcomes

                      1. Utilize current web development standards, best practices and accepted methodologies

                      2. Determine project specifications and requirements for real world applications

                      3. Incorporate effective user-centered design, and usability and accessibility strategies and techniques

                      4. Debug and validate code using industry-standard tools and techniques

                      5. Apply advanced programming concepts and version control systems to build maintainable and scalable web applications

                      6. Create and launch full-stack web applications

                      In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, the applicant must meet the following Postgraduate Full-Stack Web Development Program requirements to be considered fully qualified:

                      a) Completion of a bachelor's degree in computer science, IT, computer applications, or a related field from a recognized post-secondary institution.

                      b) English 12, or equivalent, with a minimum grade of "C".

                      c) For international applicants, IELTS 6.5 overall with no band less than 6.0, or equivalent on other internationally recognized English language proficiency tests.

                      Additional Requirements

                      Questionnaire

                      Applicants must complete a questionnaire that surveys their interest, experience and current skill set in using web-based technology. The questionnaire is used as a guide for the school chair and instructors to respond to the unique learning needs of each student and cohort.

                       

                      General

                      Applicants must submit a completed application form and other required documents (i.e. secondary school and any post-secondary transcripts, application package) to the Registrar’s office.

                       

                      APPLICATION PROCESS

                      See Selkirk International Application process – International Applications | Selkirk College

                      Graduation and Promotion

                      PROMOTION

                      1. To be qualified for admission into a course which stipulates a prerequisite, a minimum grade of "C" must be achieved in the prerequisite course, unless otherwise specified. Students not meeting the course prerequisite need permission from the school chair to waive the prerequisite and may be required to register in and/or complete supplemental course work to maintain their status in the program through to the following semester. Any additional tuition fees associated with required supplemental course work is the responsibility of the student.

                      2. Normally, two failed attempts in a required course is cause for withdrawal from the program. A third attempt in the same course may be made with the permission of the school chair.

                      3. Part-time students require permission from the school chair.

                      Term 1

                      PGFS 101 HTML and CSS introduces students to Hypertext Markup Language (HTML), Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), web standards and web accessibility. Students will use best practices and follow web standards set by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) to create content that looks appropriate and functions correctly on all devices. Using the mobile first method, students will apply the skills learned to design and build a standards compliant website from conception through completion.

                      Credits
                      3.5

                      PGFS 102 Programming Fundamentals with JavaScript introduces students to techniques commonly used in programming web pages with interactive content to enhance user experience. Students will explore fundamental programming concepts through various aspects of JavaScript programming language, including variables, functions, objects, events, data types, operators and conditional logic. Hands-on in-class tasks support students to apply these programming concepts and build upon their existing front-end development experience to create simple dynamic website applications.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 101
                      Credits
                      3.5

                      PGFS 103 Introduction to Front End Application Development provides an in-depth introduction to the fundamentals and concepts of app development including DOM manipulation, event handling, front-end frameworks and browser-based technologies. Students will create responsive and interactive web apps using HTML, CSS, JavaScript and learn how to test and troubleshoot using popular debugging techniques.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 102
                      Credits
                      2.50

                      PGFS 104 Internet Communication and Infrastructure provides students with an overview of internet protocols and operations. It covers the key principles and practices of internet communication, including the underlying infrastructure and protocols that enable internet connectivity, data transmission, and network security. The course also covers the basics of internet governance and the role of internet service providers.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 103
                      Credits
                      3.50
                      Term 2

                      PGFS 105 Application Infrastructure and Architecture introduces students to the underlying framework and structural design that support the development, deployment, and management of software applications. The course covers the hardware and software components necessary to run applications effectively including server architecture, database management, network protocols, and security measures. Students will design, deploy, and maintain a robust and scalable web application.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 104
                      Credits
                      2.50

                      PGFS 106 Development Environment provides students with the current industry context, standards and fundamental tools required to dive into back-end web developing. Students will be introduced to the back-end environment by setting up a web server, setting up a virtual host, running an https and creating sandboxes. Best practice in version control will be emphasized as students utilize open source distributed version control systems and incorporate thorough testing and debugging practices into their development projects.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 105
                      Credits
                      3.50

                      PGFS 107 Database Fundamentals and Design introduces the core principles of database systems, guiding student through the intricacies of different database types, data modeling, and normalization techniques.

                      The course focuses on key SQL skills, including query writing, data manipulation, and database structuring. Students will design and implement a database, from initial planning to final deployment.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 106
                      Credits
                      3.5

                      PGFS 108 Web Application Development challenges students to showcase their acquired skills and knowledge by designing and developing a fully functional web application. The course emphasizes the application of modern programming languages and frameworks, integrating front-end, back-end, and database technologies to create comprehensive web solutions.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 107
                      Credits
                      3.50
                      Term 3

                      PGFS 201 Web Application Frameworks and Technologies introduces the libraries, tools, and conventions that provide the foundation for developing web applications. Students will design, develop, test, and deploy web applications using a wide range of popular server-side and client-side frameworks.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 108
                      Credits
                      3.50

                      PGFS 202 Application Architecture and Security further explores the different layers of application architecture, including front-end, back-end, and database layers and the security vulnerabilities inherent in each layer. Students will critically assess these vulnerabilities and apply advanced security measures to mitigate risks effectively.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 201
                      Credits
                      3.50

                      PGFS 203 Design and User Experience (UX) introduces students to the process of designing products with a focus on usability, accessibility, and enjoyable interactions for the end-users. Students will explore the fundamentals of design, as well as the importance of user research, information architecture, and usability testing. Through hands-on projects, students will gain practical experience with design and UX tools and techniques and learn how to apply these skills to create effective, accessible, and user-centred web experiences.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 103
                      Credits
                      3.50

                      PGFS 204 Object-Oriented Programming introduces the concept of writing programs that organize software design around data, or objects, rather than functions and logic. Students will learn how to design, develop and deploy object-oriented programs using industry-standard tools and trending programming languages. The course covers object-oriented principles such as inheritance, encapsulation, polymorphism, and abstraction. Students also learn how to work with collections, exceptions, and file input/output.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 108
                      Credits
                      3.50
                      Term 4

                      PGFS 205 API Development introduces the concept of creating useful connections between different software platforms using industry-standard tools and technologies. Students learn how to design, develop, and deploy Application Programming Interfaces and work with current web data formats, authenticate and authorize API users, and use API testing tools to ensure the quality of their APIs.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 204
                      Credits
                      3.50

                      PGFS 206 Project Management and Entrepreneurship introduces students to the skills necessary to effectively manage and execute projects using agile principles. The course covers project planning, team building, risk management, and essential agile project management concepts. Students will explore the unique challenges and opportunities associated with entrepreneurship and develop tools to evaluate business ideas based on emerging trends.

                      Prerequisites
                      none
                      Credits
                      2.50

                      PGFS 207 AI System Fundamentals & Architecture offers an in-depth look at the mechanisms behind intelligent machine behavior including its historical development, core applications, and evolving trends. The course examines the main elements of AI architecture, such as data processing, algorithms, and computing infrastructure. Students will apply their skills and understanding to real-world scenarios.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 205
                      Credits
                      3.50

                      PGFS 208 Full Stack Developer Capstone Project provides students with the opportunity to employ their cumulative skills and talents to develop a full-stack web application. Each student must choose an area of focus and plan and complete a series of scheduled tasks to create a unique and custom portfolio-ready web application product.

                      Prerequisites
                      PGFS 207
                      Credits
                      3.50

                      Effective Term:

                      Fall

                      Delivery Year:

                      20240903

                      Effective Year:

                      20240801

                      Advanced Standing:

                      A student may obtain credit for a maximum of 50% of program requirements by transfer credit, advanced placement, prior learning assessment or combination thereof.

                      .

                      Re-Entry Instructions:

                      1. Re-admission to the program is only permitted where space becomes available; there may be no opportunity provided to students to re-enter the program.

                      2. Students who fail to complete a semester successfully may apply to re-enter the program and repeat the incomplete semester when it is next offered. (Normally, there is a waiting period of 12 months between offerings of the same course or semester.)

                      3. Students must apply for re-admission at least six months in advance as it may be necessary to repeat part of the work from the previous semester in order to upgrade skills and/or knowledge which have been lost in the intervening period.

                      4. Priority for re-admission will be given to students in good standing who interrupted their program for illness or other personal reasons.

                      5. Normally, return in one year or less will permit the student to maintain full credit for all courses previously completed successfully. After more than one year's absence, students may be required to update or repeat courses previously completed.

                      .

                      Assessment:

                      Grading will be based on the grades specified in the Standard Academic and Career Grading Table. To view the grading tables, see Policy 8612: Grading

                      .

                      Grading Table:

                      Standard Academic and Career Programs

                      Types of Assessments:

                      a) Assessments will be described in the individual course outlines.

                      .

                      Supplemental Assessment(s)

                      a) Students who are absent from an assessment due to illness, accident or family emergency may apply to the instructor for permission to be assessed at an alternate time.

                      b) Supplemental/re-writes must be written within the time period indicated by the instructor.

                      .

                      Attendance:

                      1. Students are expected to attend classes (including lectures, labs, seminars, tutorials, and any other scheduled learning experiences). Students who do not attend classes may not meet the required course objectives.

                      2. Students who are unavoidably absent due to illness or injury, or for compassionate reasons, must keep their instructor informed regarding their status as soon as they are able in order to collaborate on a plan for student success. Students may be required to supply a medical professional’s certificate to substantiate claims of illness or injury.

                      3. Students are responsible for the work missed during any absence.

                      .

                      Professional Requirements:

                      (See Policy 8615 Standards of Academic Progress and Policy 3400 Student Code of Conduct)

                      .

                      Other Regulations:

                      PROBATION (See Policy 8619 Student Probation)

                      APPEAL (see College Policy 8400 Student Appeals

                      .

                      G

                      Gerontological Nursing - Postgraduate Diploma

                      If you are an internationally educated nurse and interested in geriatrics, this postgraduate diploma will prepare you to effectively work with older adults, promoting wellness and enabling health.

                      *Please note, this program is not accepting applications for the September 2025 (fall) term as the program undergoes a review.
                      Program at a Glance
                      Length
                      2 years
                      Credential
                      Diploma
                      Delivery Method
                      On Campus
                      Campus
                      Castlegar
                      Intake Dates
                      Fall
                      Contacts
                        Overview

                        The geriatric population is the fastest growing health cohort around the world. Currently 70 per cent of all patients in Canada are elderly. Registered nurses must have specialized knowledge and training to effectively educate, assess and care for these older people.

                        This Postgraduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing will give you the tools and skills to meet the complex physical, social, environmental, cognitive and spiritual needs of the elderly.

                        You will be given the chance to have intercultural exchange between graduate nurses from other countries and on-campus BSN students. This will promote rich dialogue about nursing approaches, philosophies and global health needs. Learn more about the international experience at Selkirk College.

                        Seminars and occasional class interaction will provide added opportunity for an exchange of ideas and nursing expertise.

                        Curriculum

                        Upon completion of this program, you will:

                        • Interpret basic geriatric trends and issues
                        • Analyze and test a wide variety of health assessment tools
                        • Demonstrate critical, innovative thinking when problem-solving complex geriatric issues
                        • Illustrate how to educate towards wellness in aging
                        • Develop advocacy skills at relational, unit and policy making levels
                        Program Outcomes

                        Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to:

                        1. Identify the roles, scope and required skillset of registered nurses in Canada
                        2. Synthesize theories and principles of health, wellness, aging and geriatric care
                        3. Apply critical thinking, decision-making and clinical reasoning skills
                        4. Interpret research findings in order to provide evidence-based gerontological care
                        5. Apply entry-to-practice level leadership techniques/strategies when working within the inter-professional gerontological care team
                        6. Communicate effectively and efficiently in various formats to a variety of stakeholders, consistent with professional expectations
                        7. Apply the basic principles of culturally sensitive and client-centred care
                        8. Conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner in academic and work-related environments
                        9. Formulate strategies to support lifelong learning in one’s personal nursing practice
                        10. Apply strategies for registration with the BC Care Aid Registry and BC College of Nurses and Midwives
                        11. Provide person-centred care and assistance that recognizes and respects the uniqueness of each individual client
                        12. Use an informed problem-solving approach to provide care and assistance that promotes the physical, psychological, cognitive, social, and spiritual health and well-being of clients and families
                        13. Provide person-centred care and assistance for clients experiencing complex health challenges.
                        14. Provide person-centred care and assistance for clients experiencing cognitive and/or mental health challenges
                        15. Interact with other members of the health care team in ways that contribute to effective working relationships and the achievement of goals
                        16. Communicate clearly, accurately, and sensitively with clients and families in a variety of community and facility contexts
                        17. Provide personal care and assistance in a safe, competent, and organized manner
                        18. Recognize and respond to own self-development, learning, and health enhancement needs
                        19. Perform the care provider role in a reflective, responsible, accountable, and professional manner

                        In addition to meeting the general entrance requirements for admission to Selkirk College, applicants from countries outside of Canada must meet the following requirements:

                        • Possess a Bachelor of Science in Nursing Degree or a Graduate Nurse/Midwife Diploma from a recognized nursing school with English as a primary language of instruction.
                        • Registration with a national/provincial/state nursing association in their home country and be able to provide documentation
                        • English Language Proficiency of IELTS test in the last two years. 6.5 overall with no band score lower than 6.0
                        Additional Requirements
                        • One letter of reference from current or previous employer
                        • Resumé or CV with a minimum of 900 hours nursing experience within the last five years
                        • Completed immunization forms

                        a) Applicants must submit a completed application form and original documentation of certification and transcripts from previous institutions.

                        b) Post-graduate nursing practice experience is preferred.

                        International students must submit a clear police certificate from the country of origin before acceptance, given that students provide care to vulnerable clients within the program’s practicum courses. To avoid potential hardship for students arriving from another country, the police certificate is an admission requirement. For further information, see information provided at https://www.canada.ca/en/immigration-refugees-citizenship/services/application/medical-police/police-certificates/about.html#pc

                        APPLICATION PROCESS

                        See Selkirk International Application process http://selkirk.ca/international/how-apply-selkirk-college.

                        PRE-PRACTICE REQUIREMENTS

                        1. Evidence of completion of the following must be submitted to the Program Coordinator before the first practice education experience. All evidence must be current and valid.

                        a). First Aid Certification

                        b). CPR Level “C” Certification or Basic Life Support (BLS) Certification with Oxygen Therapy

                        c). Food Safe Level 1 Certification (or a certificate course deemed equivalent)

                        d). Completion of the Student Practice Education Core Orientation (SPECO) checklist

                        e). Completion of the Health Care Assistant Practice in BC E-Learning Modules (Learning Hub)

                        f). Completion of the Recognizing and Responding to Adult Abuse course (Learning Hub)

                        g). Completion of Dementia Training Certificate (GPA/Gentle Persuasive Approach)

                        h). Completion of Provincial Violence Prevention Curriculum In-Person Workshop

                        i). All students must submit a Criminal Record Check (CRC) clearance letter by the Ministry of Justice, including clearance to work with vulnerable adults.

                        Graduation and Promotion

                        Satisfactory completion of all courses in the semester with a minimum grade of 60% and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher each semester is required for promotion.

                        A student who obtains a grade of less than 60% in EASL 066, may be able to re-enroll if the course is offered again during the two-year period when they attend the college, or if eligible complete supplemental work with permission of the Instructor and School Chair.

                        Term 1

                        EASL 066 College Preparation - Research Writing is an advanced writing course that focuses on various forms of writing that can be found in the academic and the work world. In addition to formal academic research techniques, this course will also explore practical technical writing skills needed for clear, timely, concise and accurate communication. The writer must focus on the purpose and audience as well as the form, style and organization. In this class, students will produce a variety of practical and academic forms of writing, including correspondence, summaries, instructions, proposals, reports etc.

                        Prerequisites
                        EASL 056A with a minimum of 60% or equivalent
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 399 College Orientation.  In this course, students will be introduced to the Selkirk College educational experience that will include orientation to academic principles and resources, expectations of the program, and public resources and services to assist with transitioning into life in Canada. This course will also offer an introduction to Canadian indigenous history and the concepts of colonialism, reconciliation, and healing as critical concepts of public health.

                        Prerequisites
                        Acceptance into the program.
                        Corequisites
                        EASL 066
                        Credits
                        2.00

                        GNUR 430 Introduction to Gerontological Nursing.  This course will provide students with the opportunity to explore the unique roles, functions, skillset, and theoretical perspectives of the Canadian trained gerontological nurse. Students will explore current and future demographic shifts, social impacts and needs, and current issues facing older adults. Students will also explore the Canadian standards for gerontological care with a keen focus on promoting wellness. Standards will be critically applied to learning activities in preparation for moving into a variety of practice settings in future courses.  Students will be introduced to evidence-based practice assessment tools and analyse their usefulness in planning and delivering care to clients in various stages of health and wellness.

                        Prerequisites
                        Admission to program
                        Corequisites
                        EASL 066
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 431 Introduction to Health Care Practice in Canada.  In this course students will be introduced to the roles, functions, and practical skillset of the registered Health Care Assistant (HCA) in British Columbia (BC) and the nationally licensed Registered Nurse (RN). Students will explore the role similarities and differences, refine their interprofessional competencies, and develop their caregiving skills through various practical and lab experiences. Throughout this course students will develop the ability to self-reflect and identify self-development needs for competent practice and employment in the healthcare field.

                        Prerequisites
                        Admission to the program
                        Corequisites
                        EASL 066
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 443 Delirium, Dementia and Depression in the Elderly will provide learners with the opportunity to explore the neurocognitive conditions of delirium, dementia and depression with a focus on examining theories of etiology, pathophysiology, and presenting signs and symptoms. Clinical assessments and treatment options will be explored as well as interprofessional healthcare interventions and nursing approaches to support functional capacity and minimize negative functional outcomes. This course will also explore the impact of these conditions on the family and professional caregivers.

                        Prerequisites
                        Admissions to the program.
                        Credits
                        3.00
                        Term 2

                        GNUR 432 Interpersonal Communications.  In this course, students will be introduced to strategies to assist in the development of self-awareness, understanding of others, and interpersonal communication skills required for effective interprofessional teamwork. Interpersonal strategies will focus on respect, cultural sensitivity, and client centeredness as critical components of therapeutic relationships with older adults and their families. Students will be encouraged to reflect on the impact of their personal communication patterns and choices and practice strengthening competencies such as active listening, respect, feedback, verbal and non-verbal methods of communication, and initiating critical conversations in the workplace. Students will also have an opportunity to examine and utilize problem-solving and critical-thinking using best practices related to establishing relationships and engaging in conflict resolution.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semester 1 of the Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Corequisites
                        EASL 066
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 440 Physical Aging and Chronic Disease Management: Part I is a course where learners will explore age-related changes and commonly occurring diseases. Using theories for promoting wellness in older adults, learners will identify cumulative risk factors for onset of disease and/or disability and potential negative functional consequences. Learners will also explore the pharmacological and interprofessional approach to disease management and health promotion.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semester 1 of the Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 441 Basic Skills and Physical Assessment.  In this course, learners will be provided with a structured environment in which to learn and demonstrate Health Care Assistant (HCA) (write out the full term the first time you use it, for RN as well.) and Registered Nurse (RN) level skills related to the provision of personal care and physical assessment. Classes will consist of theory and development of psychomotor skills using simulated clients in the lab setting. Students will receive formative feedback as they are exposed to facets of the Canadian Healthcare System and provincial regulatory standards and competencies for both HCA and RN level work. Skills will be appraised at the end of the course in preparation for clinical learning experiences.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semester 1 of the Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 442 End of Life Care.  In this course, learners will reflect on their personal and cultural understanding of death and dying and explore similarities and differences to how end-of-life is perceived and managed in the Canadian context. The guiding theories and principles, caregiver knowledge, and ways of thinking and responding to the unique needs of clients and their families are examined as central concepts of the palliative care approach. Learners will also gain knowledge related to palliative symptom and emergency situation management, family care, communication, loss and grief, and self-care as they develop an appreciation for the demands of working with people in the end stages of life.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semester 1 of the Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 444 Clinical Practice in Complex Care.  This course provides learners with an opportunity to work with older adults with complex healthcare needs within a complex care setting. Under the supervised direction of a clinical instructor, learners apply their basic and post-basic gerontological Health Care Assistant (HCA) and nursing (RN) (does RN stand for nursing?) knowledge and further consolidate their gerontological care competencies. Students are guided through numerous learning activities within the clinical setting and with various clients experiencing common age and disease related issues. Upon completion of this course, students will have a broader understanding of the Canadian healthcare system and the scope and standards of practice of HCAs and RNs in Canada.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of Semester 1 of the International Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing Program.

                        Current BLS-HC Certificate
                        Credits
                        5.00
                        Term 3

                        GNUR 530 Physical Aging and Chronic Disease Management: Part II is a course where learners will continue to explore age-related changes and commonly occurring diseases. Using theories for promoting wellness in older adults, learners will identify cumulative risk factors for onset of disease and/or disability and potential negative functional consequences. Learners will also explore the pharmacological and interprofessional approach to disease management and health promotion.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of all courses in Semester 1 and 2 of the Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 532 Professional Nursing in the Canadian Health Care System will introduce international nurses to the structure of the Canadian health care system, and the roles and scope of practice of nurses working within it. Theoretical foundations of professional nursing practice will provide a basis for understanding and examining standards of practice and ethical responsibilities within nursing. The significance of health promotion and holistic health care will underscore how nurses can provide care that strives to help clients gain or retain quality of life and reduce health disparities within diverse populations.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of all courses in semesters 1 and 2 of the Postgraduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 533 Introduction to Nursing Leadership provides an opportunity for learners to further develop and refine their leadership skills. Within this course, learners will compare and contrast their individual leadership skill-set against current leadership theories and models and identify application opportunities in their current practice. Learners will develop strong interpersonal and team building skills while exploring their own personal philosophy of leadership.  Learners will focus on developing skills to manage conflict in the workplace, build team performance, collaborate effectively with others, problem-solve, and manage change while pursuing personal improvement and development as nurse leaders.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semesters 1 and 2 of the Postgraduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 535 Nursing Registration Readiness I

                         

                        Please note that this is not an inclusive Nursing Community Assessment Service (NCAS)  preparation course and therefore, does not cover all age groups or health issues covered in the NCAS OSCEs.

                         

                        Nursing Registration Readiness I provides an opportunity for learners to apply and consolidate nursing knowledge and skills into simulated scenarios. The virtual simulations and hands-on interactive lab setting will assist learners in putting theory into practice in partial preparation for the NCAS objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) and/or completing the Canadian Nurses Association (CNA) gerontological nursing certificate, if desired. Scenarios will be based on the NCAS blueprints related to older adults which are aligned with the Canadian Gerontological Nursing Association (CGNA), BC College of Nurses and Midwives (BCCNM), and Canadian Association Schools of Nursing (CASN) competencies for nurse’s working with this population. Areas of focus include: knowledge-based practice (assessment, planning, provision of care, evaluation); accountability, responsibility and ethical behaviour; collaborative practice; and therapeutic relationships. GNUR 545 will provide further registration readiness support in semester 4.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semesters 1 and 2 of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        MHAD 502 Mental Health and Addictions provides learners with an opportunity to critically evaluate their personal perspectives and assumptions related to mental health and addiction issues and introduces the impact of external and internal variables that put certain individuals at risk at different stages of life. Treatment and support strategies are explored through the Trauma Informed Care lens with a focus on psychosocial rehabilitation, resilience-building, maximizing functional capacity and minimizing negative outcomes. There is a special focus on understanding previous and current life experiences on coping in older age and MHAD treatment and management considerations for those over the age of 65.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of Year 1 of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing.
                        Credits
                        3.00
                        Term 4

                        GNUR 525 Nursing Practice in Multiple Clinical Settings provides opportunities for participants to experience the RN roles and responsibilities working with older adults. Participants will experience interdisciplinary team collaboration, and have opportunities to be health educators and mentorship of novice students. They will work in professional roles with groups, families and individuals, in communities, agencies and care facilities, to consolidate their learning.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of all courses in Semester 1 and 2 of the Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        5.00

                        GNUR 540 Physical Aging and Chronic Disease Management: Part III is a course where learners will continue to explore age-related changes and commonly occurring diseases. Using theories for promoting wellness in older adults, learners will identify cumulative risk factors for onset of disease and/or disability and potential negative functional consequences. Learners will also explore the pharmacological and interprofessional approach to disease management and health promotion.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semester 2 of the Post Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3

                        GNUR 542 Clinical Skills and the Older Adult will facilitate the consolidation and application of nursing concepts, knowledge, and skills introduced throughout the program. Participants will have the opportunity to practice relevant psychomotor and interpersonal skills associated with the care of older adults with complex health challenges. Assessments will focus on skill proficiency, documentation, and relational practice competency.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semesters 1, 2, and 3 of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3

                        *(Please note that this is not an inclusive Nursing Community Assessment Service (NCAS) preparation course and therefore, does not cover all age groups or health issues covered in the NCAS OSCEs).

                         

                        GNUR 545 Nursing Registration Readiness II provides an opportunity for learners to apply and consolidate nursing knowledge and skills into simulated scenarios. The virtual simulations and hands-on interactive lab setting will assist learners in putting theory into practice in partial preparation for the NCAS objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) and/or completing the Canadian Nurses Association (CNA) gerontological nursing certificate, if desired. Scenarios will be based on the NCAS blueprints related to older adults which are aligned with the Canadian Gerontological Nursing Association (CGNA), BC College of Nurses and Midwives (BCCNM), and Canadian Association Schools of Nursing (CASN) competencies for nurse’s working with this population. Areas of focus include: knowledge-based practice (assessment, planning, provision of care, evaluation); accountability, responsibility and ethical behaviour; collaborative practice; and therapeutic relationships. This course builds on GNUR 535 and will provide further registration readiness support in a number of critical gerontological nursing skills and competencies.

                        Prerequisites
                        Successful completion of semesters 1, 2, and 3 of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing program.
                        Credits
                        3.00

                        GNUR 548 Nursing Practice in Multiple Clinical Settings provides opportunities for learners to experience the various roles and responsibilities of nurses and other allied health professionals working with older adults in a variety of care delivery and community settings.  Learners will have the opportunity to explore the mission, vision, values, and roles and responsibilities of community resources serving older adults, work as part of various interdisciplinary teams, collaborate with, and learn from, various service providers, and engage in health education, health promotion, injury prevention, and other evidence-based practice initiatives. Learners will also focus on consolidating basic and gerontological nursing competencies in a clinical setting.

                        Prerequisites
                        Completion of semesters 1-3 of the Post-Graduate Diploma in Gerontological Nursing
                        Credits
                        5.00

                        All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

                        Effective Term:

                        Fall

                        Effective Year:

                        20240801

                        Advanced Standing:

                        ADVANCE OR TRANSFER CREDIT AND PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT

                        1. A student may obtain credit for a maximum of 75% of program requirements by Transfer Credit, Advanced Placement, Prior Learning Assessment or combination thereof.

                        .

                        Re-Entry Instructions:

                        1. Readmission to the program is permitted only when seats become available; there may be no opportunity provided to students to re-enter the program.

                        2. Students who fail to complete a semester successfully may apply to re-enter in the program and repeat the incomplete semester when it is next offered. Normally, there is a waiting period of 12 months between offerings of the same course or semester.

                        .

                        Assessment:

                        Grading

                        The Standard Academic Grading Table will be used for all theory courses and the Competency Grading Table will be used for all lab skills and practice courses See Policy 8612: Grading.

                        .

                        Grading Table:

                        Other

                        Types of Assessments:

                        1. Assessments

                        a) In the theory courses assessments may include written assignments, group projects, presentations, examinations or quizzes; details will be specified in course outlines.

                        b) In lab skills courses, assessments will include use of simulation, performance testing of relational and psychomotor competencies, and written tests or quizzes; details of testing will be specified in each course outline.

                        c) In practicum courses, assessment occurs on a continual basis and formal written performance appraisals will be given using an instrument which is based on the stated performance criteria of the course for which the appraisal is being done. Student performance during practice courses will be assessed as satisfactory, needs improvement, or unsatisfactory. Students whose performance is assessed as needing improvement will be placed on a learning plan.

                        Students whose performance is assessed as unsatisfactory will be placed on practice probation.

                        d) It is an expectation that students will submit all written assignments on the date stated in the course outline and by the instructor. When a student is unable to meet the stated deadline for an assignment, she or he must notify the instructor prior to the published due date and request an extension. In the event of extenuating circumstances, extensions are granted at the discretion of the instructor in consultation with the individual student. Extensions will be recorded for future reference.

                        e) Five percent (5%) of the total value of the assignment will be deducted for each calendar day for non-negotiated late assignments.

                        2. Supplemental Assessment(s)

                        a) Under extraordinary circumstances, a supplemental assessment (for final exam only) may be granted following consultation among Faculty and the School Chair. Students must have maintained an average grade of 70% or better in that specific course throughout the semester.

                        b) The result of the supplemental assessment will replace that of the final examination in calculation of the final grade. The student must achieve 70% or better on the supplemental exam in order to pass the course. The final grade for the course can be improved to a 70% grade only.

                        .

                        Attendance:

                        Mandatory for all learning experiences.

                        1. Students are required to inform instructors that they will be absent and are responsible for the work they have missed.

                        2. Absence from learning experiences, for any reason, may preclude the student being able to meet the requirements for that course and in turn progression to the next semester.

                        3. Absence from practice without notification or for reasons that are not deemed professional (i.e.

                        vacation personal choice) will be noted as “unsatisfactory” or “needs improvement” in the Practice Appraisal Form.

                        4. Students missing more than 10% of the practice experience may be required to repeat the course or complete extra hours at an additional cost to the student. The College cannot guarantee the provision of such make-up hours to the student.

                        5. Students claiming illness or compassionate reasons for absence from any learning experience must contact the associated instructor and / or the practice agency directly at least one hour prior to the scheduled start time.

                        .

                        Professional Requirements:

                        Students must meet the standards for nursing practice as outlined in the CRNBC's Professional Standards for Registered Nurses and Nurse Practitioners (2012). The four standards are:

                        1. Professional Responsibility and Accountability

                        2. Knowledge-Based Practice

                        3. Client-Focused Provision of Care

                        4. Ethical Practice

                        .

                        Other Regulations:

                        PROBATION

                        See College Policy 8619 – Student Probation

                        .

                        H

                        Health Care Assistant - Diploma

                        Get the qualifications and confidence you need to contribute positively to health care and community support services.
                        Program at a Glance
                        Length
                        2 years
                        Credential
                        Diploma
                        Delivery Method
                        On Campus
                        Campus
                        Trail
                        Intake Dates
                        Fall
                        Contacts
                          Overview

                          This two-year diploma program for international students is a comprehensive program designed to equip individuals with the essential skills and knowledge required to excel in the field of health care and community support.

                          Tailored to meet the unique needs of international students, this program combines theoretical learning with practical, hands-on experiences to foster a holistic understanding of health care practices and community engagement. Participants will gain expertise in providing assistance to individuals in various health care settings, including long-term care facilities and community organizations.

                          The curriculum emphasizes cultural competence and an understanding of diverse health care systems, preparing students to thrive in multicultural environments. Graduates of this program emerge with the necessary qualifications and confidence to contribute positively to health care and community support services.

                          English Language Requirements

                          Applicants for whom English is a second language are required to demonstrate proficiency in English as outlined by the BC Care Aide and Community Health Worker Registry, including standardized proficiency assessments and required scores in all four language skills areas: speaking, listening, reading and writing.

                          Minimum Program Entry Requirements

                          Special Costs and Travel

                          Students are required to have uniforms and footwear that comply with WorkSafeBC standards. This can be purchased after arrival in Canada. In addition, students must be prepared to travel to clinical practice agencies. Access to a reliable vehicle is necessary. Students are required to possess a valid BC driver’s license by the start of HCA 107.

                          Clinical and practicum placements are arranged on the basis of student learning needs and available learning experiences. It is not possible to comply with the personal and travel requirements of individual students.

                          Program Outcomes

                          Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to:

                          1. Provide person‐centred care and assistance that recognizes and respects the uniqueness of each individual client

                          2. Use an informed problem‐solving approach to provide care and assistance that promotes the physical, psychological, cognitive, social, and spiritual health and well‐being of clients and families

                          3. Provide person‐centred care and assistance for clients experiencing complex health challenges

                          4. Provide person‐centred care and assistance for clients experiencing cognitive and/or mental health challenges

                          5. Interact with other members of the health care team in ways that contribute to effective working relationships and the achievement of goals

                          6. Communicate clearly, accurately, and sensitively with clients and families in a variety of community and facility contexts

                          7. Provide personal care and assistance in a safe, competent, and organized manner

                          8. Recognize and respond to own self‐development, learning, and health enhancement needs

                          9. Perform the care provider role in a reflective, responsible, accountable, and professional manner

                          In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, the applicant must meet the following Health Care Assistant Program requirements to be considered qualified for conditional acceptance and receive a seat offer:

                          a) Proof of Grade 12 completion with 60% or higher

                          b) Proof of meeting HCA Program Entry English Language Competency Requirements

                          (i) For applicants with proof of three years of full-time instruction in English* they must also provide proof of one of the following:

                          (a) English 12 with 60% or higher

                          (b) Completion of college courses determined to be equivalent to English 12 at 60% or higher.

                          (ii) For applicants with less than three years of full-time instruction in English*: Standardized English language proficiency test score https://www.choose2care.ca/registry/HCA-Minimum-Program-Entry-Requirements.pdf

                          *Defined as three (3) years of full-time secondary and/or post-secondary education at a recognized institution3 on the list of Approved English-Speaking Countries. Secondary education will be considered starting from grade 8. English as a Second Language (ESL) courses will not be considered.

                          Additional Requirements

                          All applicants must submit:

                          • Completed HCA program application form
                          • Completed computer knowledge self-assessment form. To be successful in coursework and support job readiness, students need to possess basic computer skills including navigation of the internet, file management, accessing online information, email, and word processing.
                          • Official transcripts of all secondary and post-secondary education; an interim transcript statement is acceptable if the applicant is currently taking a prerequisite.
                          • Domestic students must submit a Criminal Record Check (CRC) clearance letter by the Criminal Record Check from the Criminal Records Review Program, including clearance to work with vulnerable adults.
                          • International students must submit a clear police certificate from the country of origin prior to acceptance given that HCA students provide care to vulnerable clients within the practice education portion of the program. To avoid potential hardship for students arriving from another country, the police certificate is an admission requirement. For further information, see information provided at: https://www.canada.ca/en/immigration-refugees-citizenship/services/application/medical-police/policecertificates/how.html

                           

                          A. PRE-PRACTICE REQUIREMENTS

                          Evidence of completion of the following must be submitted to the Admissions office or program designate prior to the first practice education experience. All Evidence must be current and valid.

                          a) First Aid Certification

                          b) CPR Level "C" Certification or "Basic Life Support (BLS)" Certification

                          c) Foodsafe Level 1 Certification (or a certificate course deemed equivalent

                          d) Completion of the Student Practice Education Core Orientation (SPECO) checklist including Provincial Violence E Modules, WHMIS, HCA Practice in BC and Recognizing and Responding to Adult Abuse Course

                          e) Completion of the Selkirk College Health & Human Services immunization form

                          f) All students must submit a Criminal Record Check (CRC) clearance letter by the Criminal Record Check from the Criminal Records Review Program, including clearance to work with vulnerable adults.

                          Graduation and Promotion

                          PROMOTION

                          • Promotion to Semester 2 requires satisfactory completion of all courses in Semester 1. Semester 3 requires satisfactory completion of all courses in Semester 2, Semester 4 requires satisfactory completion of all courses in Semester 3.

                           

                           

                          Term 1
                          Required Courses

                          EASL 066 College Preparation - Research Writing is an advanced writing course that focuses on various forms of writing that can be found in the academic and the work world. In addition to formal academic research techniques, this course will also explore practical technical writing skills needed for clear, timely, concise and accurate communication. The writer must focus on the purpose and audience as well as the form, style and organization. In this class, students will produce a variety of practical and academic forms of writing, including correspondence, summaries, instructions, proposals, reports etc.

                          Prerequisites
                          EASL 056A with a minimum of 60% or equivalent
                          Credits
                          3.00

                          HCA 100 Program Foundations introduces learners to the Health Care Assistant Program structure and how to navigate the learning management system and other pieces of technology utilized in the program. An overview of the curriculum, teaching and learning approaches and strategies are introduced and discussed. Students are introduced to the function of the BC Care Aid and Community Support Worker Registry and supported by instructors in learning threshold concepts to prepare them for the course requirements.

                          Credits
                          1

                          HCA 101 Concepts for Practice provides students with the opportunity to develop a theoretical framework for practice. Students will be introduced to the philosophical values and theoretical understandings that provide a foundation for competent practice as an HCA. The course focuses on concepts of caring and person-centred care; basic human needs and human development; and family, culture, and diversity as they relate to health and healing. Students will also be introduced to a problem-solving model that will be critical to their practice.

                          Prerequisites
                          Admission to HCA Program
                          Credits
                          5.00

                          HCA 102 Introduction to Practice provides an introduction to the role of the HCA within the British Columbia health care system. Students will be introduced to the health care team and the roles and functions of HCAs within the team. Students will also have opportunities to develop self-reflective skills required for competent practice and will be introduced to effective job-finding approaches.

                          Prerequisites
                          Admission to HCA Program
                          Credits
                          2.00

                          HCA 103 Interpersonal Communication focuses on the development of self-awareness, increased understanding of others, and development of effective interpersonal communication skills that can be used in a variety of caregiving contexts. Students will be encouraged to become more aware of the impact of their own communication choices and patterns. They will have opportunities to develop and use communication techniques that demonstrate personal awareness, respect, and active listening skills.

                          Prerequisites
                          Admission to HCA Program
                          Credits
                          3.00

                          HCA 104 Lifestyles and Choices introduces students to a holistic concept of health and the components of a health- enhancing lifestyle. Students will be invited to reflect on their own experience of health, recognizing challenges and resources that can impact lifestyle choices. Students will be introduced to a model that can be applied in other courses to understand the multi-faceted aspects of health and healing.

                          Prerequisites
                          Admission to HCA Program
                          Credits
                          2.00
                          Term 2
                          Required Courses

                          EACS 155 Foundations of Practice introduces students to the theory and philosophical perspectives necessary for working with individuals who are challenged by a disabling condition. Values regarding service delivery are explored through an historical review of the disability movement and an examination of new initiatives and trends. This course also examines the role of unions, advocacy and policy and procedures in support services and introduces students to professionals from various professional infrastructure sectors including licensing and ministry personnel. Through personal reflection and research, the roots of person centered support will be explored and students will develop their own personal and professional philosophy of support work.

                          Credits
                          3.00

                          HCA 105 Common Health Challenges introduces students to the normal structure and function of the human body and normal bodily changes associated with aging. Students will explore common challenges to health and healing in relation to each body system. Students will also be encouraged to explore person- centred practice as it relates to the common challenges to health and, in particular, to end-of-life care.

                          Prerequisites
                          Admission to HCA Program
                          Credits
                          8.00

                          HCA 106 Cognitive and/or Mental Health Challenges builds on content from other courses to assist students to explore concepts and caregiving approaches that will allow them to work effectively with individuals experiencing cognitive and/or mental health challenges. The emphasis in this course is on supporting clients with dementia, recognizing responsive behaviours, and identifying person-centred intervention strategies.

                          Prerequisites
                          Admission to HCA Program
                          Credits
                          4.00
                          Term 3
                          Required Courses

                          EACS 170 Augmentative Communication explores the alternative forms of communications for people with little or no speech. Non-speech communication programming is examined through review of normal and disordered language and the strengths and weaknesses of various augmentative communication systems. Communication systems studied include sign language and other manual systems, pictogram/ideogram communication and electronic systems.

                          Credits
                          2.00

                          HCA 107 Personal Care and Assistance is a practical course that offers students the opportunity to acquire personal care and assistance skills within the parameters of the HCA role. The course comprises class and supervised laboratory experiences, which assist the student to integrate theory from other courses to develop caregiver skills that maintain and promote the comfort, safety, and independence of clients in community and facility contexts.

                          Prerequisites
                          Admission to HCA Program
                          Credits
                          5.00

                          HCA 108 Practice Experience in Home Support, Assisted Living, and/or Group Home Setting is a practice course that provides students with an opportunity to apply knowledge and skills from all other courses with individuals and families in a community setting. Opportunity will be provided for students to become more familiar with the role of the HCA within a home support agency, assisted living facility, or a group home to gain abilities that will prepare graduates for employment in these settings. It is important that students understand the philosophy of community care settings and the importance of client choice and independence.

                          Prerequisites
                          HCA 101-107
                          Credits
                          2.00

                          HCA 109 Practice Experience in Multi-Level and/or Complex Care is a supervised practice experience provides students with an opportunity to apply knowledge and skills from all other courses in the program with individuals in a multi-level or complex care setting. A portion of this clinical experience will be devoted to working with individuals with dementia. Opportunity will be provided for students to gain expertise and confidence with the role of the HCA within a complex care facility.

                          Prerequisites
                          HCA 101-107
                          Credits
                          6.00
                          Term 4
                          Required Courses

                          EACS 156 Support Strategies focuses on support strategies used with individuals who have disabilities. The analysis and understanding of behaviour as a means of communication is explored. Strategies are learned and practiced in context to support individuals with the development of pro-social skills, life, vocational, and academic skills. An awareness of issues related to healthy sexuality and the ethics of touch are explored. Emphasis is placed on the ethics of support work and effective implementation of strategies to support individuals with disabilities to be as independent as possible.

                          Credits
                          3.00

                          EACS 161 Person-Centered Planning focuses on the need for planning, advantages and disadvantages of planning and the key elements of the planning process. The course examines how to identify and obtain information relevant to planning, formulation of long and short-term objectives, prioritization of objectives, and translation of objectives into action. Emphasis is placed on viewing, planning as a dynamic process, and analysis of human interaction as part of the planning process. Models for structuring positive interaction of all planning team members are reviewed.

                          Prerequisites
                          Completion of All EACSW course work with a minimum of 60%
                          Credits
                          3.00

                          EACS 165 Health and Wellness is designed to introduce the essential concepts of health and wellness with emphasis on six dimensions of wellness including: emotional, intellectual, spiritual, occupational, social and physical. Students will examine health and wellness from two perspectives. The first includes the examination of wellness in the students' lives with emphasis on developing strategies to increase resiliency and well being in the work place. The second dimension will focus on ways in which the wellness of others can be enhanced in a respectful, person-centred way that values personal choice and preferences. The course will emphasize the importance of lifestyle changes being self-directed and on understanding ways in which we can support change in others and ourselves. Lecture, interactive exercises and group discussions will be used to explore a variety of topics including: stress management, diet and nutrition, ageing, intimacy and relationships, immunity, safety, lifestyle, developing relationships and quality of life. The importance of professional accountability and authenticity in supporting the wellness of others will be emphasized.

                          Credits
                          3.00

                          FAM 180 Family Dynamics is designed to provide students with a variety of theoretical perspectives to understanding families. It considers the diversity of families through the lenses of the life course perspective and political policies. Family formation, parenting, separation and divorce and aging are all examined. Family issues are also considered, including marriage and death rituals, work and poverty, same sex relationships, disabilities and immigrants. Policies that affect families are explored through an examination of violence in the family and political trends. The course is intended to be a foundation for further study of families.

                          Prerequisites
                          Must be done concurrently with or after completing ENGL 110.
                          Credits
                          3

                          HSER 174 Interpersonal Communications provides the student with an opportunity to examine personal goals, values and attitudes; develop and practice listening and responding skills, and become more aware of personal strengths and limitations. This course is designed to help students gain self-understanding in order to be more effective in working with people.

                          Credits
                          3.00

                          Effective Term:

                          Fall

                          Effective Year:

                          20240801

                          Advanced Standing:

                          ADVANCE OR TRANSFER CREDIT AND PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT

                           

                          1. A student may obtain credit for a maximum of 75% of program requirements by Transfer Credit, Advanced Placement, Prior Learning Assessment or combination thereof. See Policy 8614: Advanced Standing - Course Challenge, PLA, and Transfer Credit.

                          .

                          Re-Entry Instructions:

                          1. Students in good standing who are required to withdraw for personal or compassionate reasons may apply for re-entry the next time the program is offered; admission is subject to seat availability.

                           

                          2. Students must complete the entire program within 48 calendar months of initial entry. Re-entry applicants who cannot meet this deadline will not be readmitted.

                           

                          3. As per the BC Care Aid & Community Support Worker Registry, no more than 3 months may elapse between the completion of lab skills coursework and the start of practice education. In cases where there is a period of more than 3 months, students would be required to re-take the HCA 107: Personal Care & Assistance course (i.e., in cases of leaves of absence, part-time students, etc.)

                          .

                          Assessment:

                          1. Grading

                          a) The Standard Academic and Career Grading Table is used for EASL 066 or ENGL 110, HCA 101, 102, 103, 104, 105,106, 107, EACS 155, 170, 156, 161, 165, FAM 180, and HSER 174.

                          b) The Competency Based Grading Table is used for HCA 108 and 109.

                          c) To pass each of the following courses, students need to earn a minimum grade of 70%: HCA 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106.

                          d) To pass each of the following courses students need to earn a minimum grade of 60%: ENG 110, EASL 066, EACS 155, 156, 161, 165, FAM 180 and HSER 174.

                          e) In HCA 107, students must demonstrate competence in psychomotor skills in order to pass HCA 107 and progress to practice education courses. If a student is not successful in demonstrating competency upon the first attempt, they may attempt the skills test one additional time after individual remediation. If a student is unsuccessful on the second attempt, they are not eligible to pass HCA 107 and will be required to repeat this course.

                          f) To receive credit in HCA 108 and HCA 109, students must demonstrate competency in the program outcomes identified on page 1 of this document and complete scheduled practicum shifts according to the requirement of the HCA Program Provincial Curriculum (2023).

                          .

                          Grading Table:

                          Other

                          Types of Assessments:

                          a) Assessments may include written papers, small group projects and presentations, debate, case study, online and in person discussions/forums, in person and recorded or virtual simulation and/or psychomotor skill testing.

                          b) Quizzes are completed online within the learning management system, LEARN, within the time frame as described in the course outline calendar. Students may have two attempts at each quiz with the highest mark being recorded in the gradebook.

                          c) The Practice Appraisal Form (PAF) is an assessment document used in practice courses and is based on the HCA Program Learning Outcomes and their associated indicators. The PAF is used to provide an opportunity for student self-reflection, formal instructor feedback and guides the student and instructor in the collaboration of a student learning plan for success.

                           

                          Supplemental Assessment(s)

                          a) A student may request a supplemental assessment if they earn under 70% on an assignment and they follow the guidelines below:

                          (i) Within 48 hours after the instructor posts marks, the student will provide the instructor with an email request, identifying the assignment they would like to redo.

                          (ii) Applications for supplemental assessments are approved at the discretion of the instructor in consultation with the Program Coordinator and/or School Chair.

                          (iii) Students must have maintained an average grade of 70% or better in the course.

                          (iv) The result of the supplemental assessment cannot exceed 70% and is used in calculation of the final grade.

                          (v) Supplemental assessments must be written within seven calendar days of the final examination schedule.

                          .

                          Attendance:

                          1. Student attendance in class supports their progression toward meeting the course learning outcomes and contributes to the learning community as a whole. They will gain valuable insights and opportunities that would not be possible without the conversations and activities they will participate in. If a student finds themselves in a situation where they aren't able to get to class or will be late, they will need to contact the relevant instructor so that they can collaborate on a plan for continued student success. When students miss class, the chances of successfully meeting the learning outcomes may be reduced and/or prevent the student from passing the class.

                           

                          2. Students absent from an HCA class, for any reason, are responsible for the course material they have missed. As part of the plan for success, they may be required to make up missed assignments, activities, lab and/or practice education hours to successfully meet the learning outcomes.

                           

                          3. If 2 or more classes are missed, the relevant instructor will check in with the student to ensure they are set up with appropriate resources and to collaborate on a plan for success. Plans will be documented on record of advisement or learning plan forms.

                           

                          4. Dates and times are set for written and competency/skill-based assessments. These dates and times are shared with students at the beginning of the course in order for students to plan and organize themselves accordingly. If a student is absent from a written or competency/skill-based assessment for reasonable cause (e.g., illness, family emergency, adverse weather conditions, etc.), they may be allowed a make-up assessment on the first day the student returns to the program (please check the course outline for specific details). A physician's note for illness, or a note substantiating the family emergency, may be required prior to arranging the make-up testing.

                           

                          5. Students are expected to notify the course instructor before the scheduled written or competency/skill-based session if they are unable to complete the assessment. Whether they will be able to reschedule your assessments will be addressed on a case-by-case basis. If the student does not notify the instructor, they may forfeit their opportunity for a make-up assessment.

                           

                          6. A student who must be absent from a practice or simulated learning experience is responsible for notifying the instructor at least one hour prior to the scheduled time of the experience. Missed hours may be rescheduled if learning outcomes are not being met and/or if the student has exceeded the allowable absences as described in course outlines.

                           

                          7. The School of Health and Human Services cannot undertake to provide substitute or "make up" learning experiences outside of regularly scheduled practice education courses when students have been absent, for any reason.

                          .

                          Professional Requirements:

                          Students in the Health Care Assistant Diploma program shall:

                           

                          1. Acknowledge that Indigenous specific racism and colonialism exist and that students will integrate trauma-informed practice and work towards reconciliation of Indigenous health and wellness. (See also In Plain Sight: Addressing Indigenous- specific Racism and Discrimination in BC Health Care, 2020).

                           

                          2. Conduct themselves in an informed way to be inclusive, culturally safe, and always striving towards cultural humility. (See also Selkirk College Policy 6040: Equity, Diversity, and Inclusivity).

                          .

                          Other Regulations:

                          A. REQUIRED WITHDRAWAL (See Selkirk College Policy 3400 Student Code of Conduct)

                          1. Breaches in confidentiality are grounds for dismissal from the HCA program.

                          2. Students who compromise the safety of clients in practice courses will be required to withdraw from the HCA program.

                           

                          B. PROBATION (See Policy 8619 Student Probation and Policy 3400 Student Code of Conduct)

                          .

                          I

                          J

                          K

                          Kaslo Ecology

                          Join us for a six-week mini-course at the Kaslo Learning Centre to learn about plants and the interconnectivity of local ecosystems. Topics will include how to correctly ID local plants, uses and interesting facts about plants, where to find them, and what you can eat (or not!). 

                          We will be hiking various locations locally looking for interesting specimens and talking about the ecological connections between plants, animals and fungi.  

                          Fun field trips to come.  

                          Date: Wednesday, September 18–Wednesday, October 16

                          Time: 9–11:30 am

                          Cost: Sign up is free

                          Instructor: Jenn Lucke

                          L

                          Liberal Arts - Diploma

                          Program at a Glance
                          Length
                          2 years
                          Credential
                          Diploma
                          Delivery Method
                          On Campus
                          Campus
                          Castlegar
                          Intake Dates
                          Fall
                          Winter
                          Spring
                          Contacts
                          University Arts & Sciences Admissions
                          Enrolment Officer
                          Phone
                          1 (888) 953-1133
                          Direct
                          1 (250) 365-7292
                          Duff Sutherland
                          UAS School Chair, Instructor
                          Phone
                          1 (888) 953-1133
                          21318
                          Direct
                          1 (250) 365-1318
                            Overview

                            Explore the possibilities. Choose from over 100 fully transferable university courses in arts and sciences to match your interests and degree path.

                            You can take one course at a time or select a full two years’ worth of credits to transfer directly into three- and four-year university degree programs within BC, Canada and abroad.

                            Meet Your Goal

                            Use the Liberal Arts Diploma Planning Worksheet to help you figure out which courses you need.

                            Once you have figured out your graduation concentration, please submit an associate degree or diploma application form indicating your major to our records officer

                            Program Outcomes

                            Upon successful completion of an Associate of Arts or Liberal Arts Diploma program, learners will be able to:

                            1. Explain terms, concepts and theories of the discipline(s)
                            2. Read, write and communicate effectively and creatively across academic disciplines
                            3. Ask informed questions to deepen the level of enquiry
                            4. Use quantitative and qualitative evidence to support claims
                            5. Research and analyze evidence from scholarly and professional publications
                            6. Synthesize and summarize literature and data
                            7. Demonstrate developing critical, creative thinking and problem-solving skills
                            8. Use current and emerging technology
                            9. Demonstrate collaborative skills in a multicultural environment
                            10. Conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner in an academic environment

                            In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, as outlined in Policy 8600: Pre-Admissions Basic Skills Assessment (College Readiness Tool CRT), and Policy 8611: Admissions, Applicants to the University Arts and Sciences Program must meet the following requirements to be considered fully qualified:

                            Academic

                            a) Students entering UAS courses, with the exceptions in 2- below, require at least 60% or better in English Studies 12, or equivalent. Students who do not meet this requirement must write the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test and achieve a minimum of level 4 to attain equivalency.

                            b) French 102, Spanish 102, and English 51 do not require B.C. English Studies 12 or equivalent as a prerequisite. However, students enrolled in the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program wishing to take English 51 will be governed by the relevant policies and procedures of the International Education Program.

                            c) The English Studies 12 prerequisite may be waived for exceptional grade 12 students in the Transitions Program. Credit for transitions courses will be withheld until a grade of 60% or better in English Studies 12 is achieved.

                            d) Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the College’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.

                            e) Additional admission requirements may be necessary for particular certificate programs, diploma programs or associate degrees. Course prerequisites and program admission requirements are defined in the appendices at the end of this document, in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the College website www.selkirk.ca

                            f) Mature students must meet the English Studies 12 requirement and additional course requirements as specified in the college calendar.

                            Additional Requirements
                            • Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the college’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.
                            • Mature students must meet the English 12 requirement.
                            • If you are a student who lacks the admission requirements, you may still gain entry to the program by taking a combination of Academic Upgrading and university courses in your first year. This may extend the length of your program.
                            Graduation and Promotion

                            Selkirk College awards a Liberal Arts Diploma to a student who completes at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Science courses, achieves a minimum GPA of 2.00, and whose course selection completion meets the following criteria:

                            • Two semester courses in first-year English
                            • A minimum of six semester courses in second-year Arts or Sciences
                            • A minimum of 10 semester courses in first- or second-year Arts and Sciences other than first-year English
                            • Up to a maximum of six courses may be from other subjects, as long as they are at the 100-level or higher and are transferable to one of the following: UBC, UNBC, SFU, UVIC, as identified in the BC Transfer Guide

                            The following is a sample selection of courses that may be chosen for the Liberal Arts Diploma. Students are advised to meet with an academic counsellor to discuss their course selection.

                            GRADUATION/CERTIFICATES

                            Diplomas

                            The School of University Arts and Science offers a number of diploma programs. Completion of the diploma program requires a student to complete at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Science courses in selected areas with a “P” grade or better in each course, and a minimum GPA of 2.00. The admission requirements, graduation requirements, and course of studies for each diploma program are defined in individual program pages in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the college website www.selkirk.ca

                            Term 1
                            Required Courses

                            ENGL 110 introduces students to the world of scholarly writing -- reading it, thinking about it, and producing it as academic researchers. Students will explore how professional and/or academic writers across disciplines communicate to a variety of audiences. Students will practice active reading, writing and critical thinking skills by conducting scholarly research on a topic. This course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge they need to write effectively within academic contexts.

                            Prerequisites
                            English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                            Credits
                            3.00
                            Elective Courses

                            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                            Take four (4) general elective 100-level courses.

                            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                            Term 2
                            Required Courses

                            ENGL 111 Introduction to Literature is about living more intensely. Rather than providing answers, literature prompts us to ask better questions of ourselves and each other. Drama, poetry, short stories, and novels will guide us in discussion, reflection, and writing about literature.

                            Prerequisites
                            English 110, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                            Credits
                            3.00
                            Elective Courses

                            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                            Take four general elective 100-level courses.

                            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                            Term 3
                            Required Courses
                            Elective Courses

                            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                            Take five (5) general elective courses that meet the Graduation Requirements

                            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                            Term 4
                            Required Courses
                            Elective Courses

                            The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                            Take five (5) general elective courses that meet the Graduation Requirements

                            See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                            All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

                            Effective Term:

                            Fall, Winter, Spring

                            Effective Year:

                            20240801

                            Advanced Standing:

                            A. ADVANCE CREDIT

                            1. Transfer credit in first and second year UAS courses will be given for equivalent courses taken in the last ten years (five years recommended for Biology) from an accredited post-secondary institution. All prerequisite courses require a minimum grade of 60%. Students who have completed such course(s) more than ten years earlier (five years recommended for Biology) require permission from the School Chair to receive transfer credit at Selkirk College.

                            B. PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA) Selkirk College Policy 8614 Advanced Standing: Course Challenge, and Transfer Credit.

                            1. Students may apply to prove their currency in an individual course by challenging the course(s) in question under the Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) process.

                            2. The School Chair in consultation with the appropriate faculty member(s) will decide whether a student may undertake a course challenge through PLA. Students should be aware that some universities may not accept credits received through the PLA process.

                            3. Students must apply for transfer credit or PLA in a timely manner so that they may register for the course in question if transfer credit(s) is denied or PLA is unsuccessful.

                            .

                            Assessment:

                            a) Grading will be as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612. The grading table applicable to each course will be identified on the course outline.

                            a) Students need to complete all the components of a course as indicated on the course outline. Students failing to meet this criterion will receive a maximum grade of 49 percent.

                            b) Courses with a lab/seminar and lecture may require passing both lecture and lab/seminar in order to pass the course. If this requirement applies to a course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                            c) For some online courses, students must pass the final exam to receive a passing grade in the course regardless of their grade to date, and students who fail the final exam will receive a maximum grade of 49%. If this requirement applies to an online course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                            d) If an assignment is not submitted by the due date identified on the course outline, the mark for the assignment could be reduced by as much as 100%. Students seeking an extension must consult with their instructors. It is the right of individual instructors to implement this policy. All instructors will outline their policies with respect to missed or late assignments in their current course outlines.

                            .

                            Grading Table:

                            Standard Academic and Career Programs

                            Types of Assessments:

                            Types of Evaluations (i.e., exams, seminar assignments, essays, reports, group projects, presentations, demonstrations, etc.)

                            a) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                            b) Exams, essays, projects, reports, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                            .

                            Program Specific Regulations:

                            A. ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: CHEATING AND PLAGIARISM (Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism)

                            The School of University Arts and Sciences values true academic endeavour, and believes that evaluative events including examinations, essays, reports, and other assignments should honestly reflect student learning. All students are governed by Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism. It is the student’s responsibility to be familiar with content of this policy and to seek clarification from an instructor when needed.

                            B. ACADEMIC PROGRESS (Promotion)

                            Students academic progress is governed by Policy 8615:

                            a) Students must meet all course prerequisites.

                            b) Students who are found to be without the required grade in the prerequisite course or who have not received permission from the instructor and School Chair may be withdrawn.

                            C. PROBATION (Policy 8619: Student Probation)

                            Students may be placed on academic probation, behavioural probation, or both in accordance with Policy 8619: Probation is not intended to be punitive; however, the conditions of the probation must be met to be removed from probation and failure to meet the conditions will have consequences that may include withdrawal from a course or program.

                            D. WITHDRAWING

                            Students may choose to, or be required to withdraw from, the course(s), the program or the College as per Selkirk College Policy 8616: Withdrawal. This policy governs procedures, deadlines, refunds, and the consequences of withdrawing.

                            E. APPEAL (Policy 8400: Student Appeals)

                            The educational process at Selkirk College incorporates the joint efforts of students and the services provided to the students by the institution. Although in most instances students and the College faculty, administration and staff cooperate during the learning process, Selkirk College recognizes that occasional disputes between students and the College can arise. To every extent possible, disagreements should be resolved through informal discussions between the parties involved. If this discussion does not bring resolution, the procedures outlined in Policy 8400 apply.

                            .

                            Attendance:

                            1. Attendance at scheduled lectures, laboratories, field trips, seminars, tutorials, and examinations is mandatory.

                            2. Students absent from class for any reasons are responsible for the work they have missed. They must make up assignments as required, usually within two weeks of the missed class. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor when an absence is required.

                            .

                            Other Regulations:

                            Examination Policy

                            a) Final examinations are held in most courses during the examination period at the end of each semester. The dates of the examination period are listed on the Selkirk College Website.

                            b) Students will not be permitted to write final examinations at alternate times unless there is a compelling reason. Examples of compelling reasons include: illness (documented), death in the family (documented), jury duty and traffic accident. Examples of non-compelling reasons: family vacation/reunion, previously arranged travel plans (e.g., seat sales).

                            c) Academic honesty is expected. Therefore, the following will not be tolerated during exams:

                            (i) Making use of any books, notes or materials other than those authorized by the examiners.

                            (ii) Communicating with other candidates.

                            (iii) Exposing written papers to the view of other candidates.

                            (iv) Leaving the examination room unescorted during an exam.

                            (v) Unauthorized use of cell phones or other electronic devices.

                            (vi) Disciplinary action would, at a minimum, result in the examination paper being given a grade of zero.

                            (vii) Supplemental examinations are not available for School of University Arts and Science courses.

                            .

                            Liberal Arts and Sciences - Diploma

                            Program at a Glance
                            Length
                            2 years
                            Credential
                            Diploma
                            Delivery Method
                            On Campus
                            Campus
                            Castlegar
                            Intake Dates
                            Fall
                            Winter
                            Spring
                            Contacts
                            University Arts & Sciences Admissions
                            Enrolment Officer
                            Phone
                            1 (888) 953-1133
                            Direct
                            1 (250) 365-7292
                            Duff Sutherland
                            UAS School Chair, Instructor
                            Phone
                            1 (888) 953-1133
                            21318
                            Direct
                            1 (250) 365-1318
                              Overview

                              Explore the possibilities. Choose from over 100 fully transferable university courses in arts and sciences to match your interests and degree path.

                              You can take one course at a time or select a full two years’ worth of credits to transfer directly into three- and four-year university degree programs within BC, Canada and abroad.

                              Meet Your Goal

                              Use the Liberal Arts and Sciences Diploma Planning Worksheet to help you figure out which courses you need.

                              Once you have figured out your graduation concentration, please submit an associate degree or diploma application form indicating your major to our records officer

                              Program Outcomes

                              Upon successful completion of an Associate of Arts or Liberal Arts Diploma program, learners will be able to:

                              1. Explain terms, concepts and theories of the discipline(s)
                              2. Read, write and communicate effectively and creatively across academic disciplines
                              3. Ask informed questions to deepen the level of enquiry
                              4. Use quantitative and qualitative evidence to support claims
                              5. Research and analyze evidence from scholarly and professional publications
                              6. Synthesize and summarize literature and data
                              7. Demonstrate developing critical, creative thinking, and problem-solving skills
                              8. Use current and emerging technology
                              9. Demonstrate collaborative skills in a multicultural environment
                              10. Conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner in an academic environment

                              In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, as outlined in Policy 8600: Pre-Admissions Basic Skills Assessment (College Readiness Tool CRT), and Policy 8611: Admissions, Applicants to the University Arts and Sciences Program must meet the following requirements to be considered fully qualified:

                              Academic

                              a) Students entering UAS courses, with the exceptions in 2- below, require at least 60% or better in English Studies 12, or equivalent. Students who do not meet this requirement must write the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test and achieve a minimum of level 4 to attain equivalency.

                              b) French 102, Spanish 102, and English 51 do not require B.C. English Studies 12 or equivalent as a prerequisite. However, students enrolled in the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program wishing to take English 51 will be governed by the relevant policies and procedures of the International Education Program.

                              c) The English Studies 12 prerequisite may be waived for exceptional grade 12 students in the Transitions Program. Credit for transitions courses will be withheld until a grade of 60% or better in English Studies 12 is achieved.

                              d) Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the College’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.

                              e) Additional admission requirements may be necessary for particular certificate programs, diploma programs or associate degrees. Course prerequisites and program admission requirements are defined in the appendices at the end of this document, in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the College website www.selkirk.ca

                              f) Mature students must meet the English Studies 12 requirement and additional course requirements as specified in the college calendar.

                              Additional Requirements
                              • Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the college’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.
                              • Mature students must meet the English 12 requirement.
                              • If you are a student who lacks the admission requirements, you may still gain entry to the program by taking a combination of Academic Upgrading and university courses in your first year. This may extend the length of your program.
                              Graduation and Promotion

                              Selkirk College awards a Liberal Arts and Sciences Diploma to a student who completes at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Sciences courses with a “P” grade or better in each course, achieves a minimum GPA of 2.00, and whose course selection meets the following criteria:

                              • Two semester courses in first-year English.
                              • Six semester courses in Math, Science, or Computer Science at the 100 level or higher of which one must be a lab science. Geography 130 and Geology are considered lab sciences. Statistics, Math 180 and Math 181 all count toward this requirement.
                              • Six semester courses from second-year courses in University Arts and Sciences.
                              • A minimum of two additional courses from first- or second-year University Arts and Sciences.
                              • Up to a maximum of six courses may be from other subjects, as long as they are at the 100-level or higher and are transferable as per the BC Transfer Guide.

                              The following is a sample selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with an academic counsellor to discuss their course selection.

                              GRADUATION/CERTIFICATES

                              Diplomas

                              The School of University Arts and Science offers a number of diploma programs. Completion of the diploma program requires a student to complete at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Science courses in selected areas with a “P” grade or better in each course, and a minimum GPA of 2.00. The admission requirements, graduation requirements, and course of studies for each diploma program are defined in individual program pages in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the college website www.selkirk.ca

                              Term 1
                              Required Courses

                              ENGL 110 introduces students to the world of scholarly writing -- reading it, thinking about it, and producing it as academic researchers. Students will explore how professional and/or academic writers across disciplines communicate to a variety of audiences. Students will practice active reading, writing and critical thinking skills by conducting scholarly research on a topic. This course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge they need to write effectively within academic contexts.

                              Prerequisites
                              English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                              Credits
                              3.00
                              Elective Courses

                              The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                              Take one (1) Lab Sciences 100-level course.

                              Take one (1) Math-Science 100-level course.

                              Take two (2) general elective 100-level courses.

                              See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                              Term 2
                              Required Courses

                              ENGL 111 Introduction to Literature is about living more intensely. Rather than providing answers, literature prompts us to ask better questions of ourselves and each other. Drama, poetry, short stories, and novels will guide us in discussion, reflection, and writing about literature.

                              Prerequisites
                              English 110, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                              Credits
                              3.00
                              Elective Courses

                              The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                              Take two (2) Math-Science 100-level courses.

                              Take two (2) general elective 100-level courses.

                              See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                              Term 3
                              Required Courses
                              Elective Courses

                              The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                              Take one (1) Math-Science 100 or 200-level course.

                              Take three (3) General Elective 200-level course.

                              Take one (1) General Elective 100 or 200-level

                              See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                              Term 4
                              Required Courses
                              Elective Courses

                              The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                              Take one (1) Math-Science 100 or 200-level course.

                              Take three (3) General Elective 200-level course.

                              Take one (1) General Elective 100 or 200-level

                              See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                              Effective Term:

                              Fall, Winter, Spring

                              Effective Year:

                              20240801

                              Advanced Standing:

                              A. ADVANCE CREDIT

                              1. Transfer credit in first and second year UAS courses will be given for equivalent courses taken in the last ten years (five years recommended for Biology) from an accredited post-secondary institution. All prerequisite courses require a minimum grade of 60%. Students who have completed such course(s) more than ten years earlier (five years recommended for Biology) require permission from the School Chair to receive transfer credit at Selkirk College.

                              B. PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA) Selkirk College Policy 8614 Advanced Standing: Course Challenge, and Transfer Credit.

                              1. Students may apply to prove their currency in an individual course by challenging the course(s) in question under the Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) process.

                              2. The School Chair in consultation with the appropriate faculty member(s) will decide whether a student may undertake a course challenge through PLA. Students should be aware that some universities may not accept credits received through the PLA process.

                              3. Students must apply for transfer credit or PLA in a timely manner so that they may register for the course in question if transfer credit(s) is denied or PLA is unsuccessful.

                              .

                              Assessment:

                              a) Grading will be as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612. The grading table applicable to each course will be identified on the course outline.

                              a) Students need to complete all the components of a course as indicated on the course outline. Students failing to meet this criterion will receive a maximum grade of 49 percent.

                              b) Courses with a lab/seminar and lecture may require passing both lecture and lab/seminar in order to pass the course. If this requirement applies to a course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                              c) For some online courses, students must pass the final exam to receive a passing grade in the course regardless of their grade to date, and students who fail the final exam will receive a maximum grade of 49%. If this requirement applies to an online course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                              d) If an assignment is not submitted by the due date identified on the course outline, the mark for the assignment could be reduced by as much as 100%. Students seeking an extension must consult with their instructors. It is the right of individual instructors to implement this policy. All instructors will outline their policies with respect to missed or late assignments in their current course outlines.

                              .

                              Grading Table:

                              Standard Academic and Career Programs

                              Types of Assessments:

                              Types of Evaluations (i.e., exams, seminar assignments, essays, reports, group projects, presentations, demonstrations, etc.)

                              a) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                              b) Exams, essays, projects, reports, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                              .

                              Program Specific Regulations:

                              A. ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: CHEATING AND PLAGIARISM (Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism)

                              The School of University Arts and Sciences values true academic endeavour, and believes that evaluative events including examinations, essays, reports, and other assignments should honestly reflect student learning. All students are governed by Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism. It is the student’s responsibility to be familiar with content of this policy and to seek clarification from an instructor when needed.

                              B. ACADEMIC PROGRESS (Promotion)

                              Students academic progress is governed by Policy 8615:

                              a) Students must meet all course prerequisites.

                              b) Students who are found to be without the required grade in the prerequisite course or who have not received permission from the instructor and School Chair may be withdrawn.

                              C. PROBATION (Policy 8619: Student Probation)

                              Students may be placed on academic probation, behavioural probation, or both in accordance with Policy 8619: Probation is not intended to be punitive; however, the conditions of the probation must be met to be removed from probation and failure to meet the conditions will have consequences that may include withdrawal from a course or program.

                              D. WITHDRAWING

                              Students may choose to, or be required to withdraw from, the course(s), the program or the College as per Selkirk College Policy 8616: Withdrawal. This policy governs procedures, deadlines, refunds, and the consequences of withdrawing.

                              E. APPEAL (Policy 8400: Student Appeals)

                              The educational process at Selkirk College incorporates the joint efforts of students and the services provided to the students by the institution. Although in most instances students and the College faculty, administration and staff cooperate during the learning process, Selkirk College recognizes that occasional disputes between students and the College can arise. To every extent possible, disagreements should be resolved through informal discussions between the parties involved. If this discussion does not bring resolution, the procedures outlined in Policy 8400 apply.

                              .

                              Attendance:

                              1. Attendance at scheduled lectures, laboratories, field trips, seminars, tutorials, and examinations is mandatory.

                              2. Students absent from class for any reasons are responsible for the work they have missed. They must make up assignments as required, usually within two weeks of the missed class. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor when an absence is required.

                              .

                              Other Regulations:

                              Examination Policy

                              a) Final examinations are held in most courses during the examination period at the end of each semester. The dates of the examination period are listed on the Selkirk College Website.

                              b) Students will not be permitted to write final examinations at alternate times unless there is a compelling reason. Examples of compelling reasons include: illness (documented), death in the family (documented), jury duty and traffic accident. Examples of non-compelling reasons: family vacation/reunion, previously arranged travel plans (e.g., seat sales).

                              c) Academic honesty is expected. Therefore, the following will not be tolerated during exams:

                              (i) Making use of any books, notes or materials other than those authorized by the examiners.

                              (ii) Communicating with other candidates.

                              (iii) Exposing written papers to the view of other candidates.

                              (iv) Leaving the examination room unescorted during an exam.

                              (v) Unauthorized use of cell phones or other electronic devices.

                              (vi) Disciplinary action would, at a minimum, result in the examination paper being given a grade of zero.

                              (vii) Supplemental examinations are not available for School of University Arts and Science courses.

                              .

                              M

                              Mental Health and Addictions - Associate Certificate

                              Focus on the needs of clients coping with mental health and substance use challenges.
                              Program at a Glance
                              Length
                              3 courses over 3 terms
                              Credential
                              Certificate
                              Delivery Method
                              Online
                              Campus
                              Castlegar
                              Intake Dates
                              Fall
                              Contacts
                              Ellen Strelaeff
                              Program Coordinator, Instructor
                              Phone
                              1 (250) 365-7292
                              21439
                              Direct
                              1 (250) 365-1439
                                Overview

                                If you are already studying or working in the human service or health care fields, you can earn an associate certificate in Mental Health and Addictions to take your career to a new level. Focused on the specific needs of clients coping with mental health and substance use challenges, you’ll be ready for a variety of workplace settings and challenges.

                                In this program, you will complete two online courses that examine current research about the causes and treatment of mental health and substance use challenges for marginalized populations and participate in a two-day experiential workshop focused on motivational interviewing skills.

                                This certificate is designed for those who wish to focus their practice in the area of mental health and addictions and may be of interest to:

                                • Human Services students
                                • Human Services workers
                                • Degree holders looking for work-related skills and/or credentials
                                • Nurses wishing to practice in the area of Mental Health and Addictions

                                  Join us at an upcoming Info Session

                                Program Outcomes

                                Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to:

                                1. Demonstrate professionalism in practice consistent with the code of ethics and standards of practice of their respective disciplines
                                2. Use effective interpersonal skills, including active listening, collaboration, self-awareness and conflict resolution within multi-faceted roles and contexts
                                3. Understand and respect cultural differences and multiple ways of knowing
                                4. Practice from an ethic of inclusivity
                                5. Establish and maintain wellness strategies to assure work/life balance both personally and professionally
                                6. Engage in critical thinking, problem-solving and reflective practice

                                Completion of the Health and Human Services diploma or two years of a relevant program; or completion of a certificate program in Health and Human Services or relevant field and two years of experience in the field; or five years of experience in the Health and Human Services field and permission from the instructor and chair of Health and Human Services.

                                • English Studies 12 or equivalent, with a minimum of 60% or higher
                                Additional Requirements

                                The below listed documents need to be submitted to apply for this program.

                                If the admission requirement for the certificate or diploma was completed at Selkirk College, the below information is not required.

                                • A letter from the applicant’s employer stating their position and employment history
                                • Resumé
                                • Official copy of secondary and post-secondary transcripts
                                • Two letters of reference

                                APPLICATION PROCESS

                                1. CERTIFICATE, ADVANCED CERTIFICATE& DIPLOMA PROGRAMS

                                Students applying to the diploma program immediately following completion of a Human Services Certificate Program, may request that the contents of their file be transferred.

                                2. PART-TIME STUDIES IN HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS

                                a) Acceptance to an individual course does not constitute admission to the program. All program admissions will be considered according to Part I, A: Admissions Requirements.

                                b) The ECCE, EACSW, SSW Certificate programs and the Human Services Diploma program may be completed on a part-time basis depending on number of spaces available. Students choosing to complete a program on a part time basis must meet with a program coordinator, councillor and/or School Chair at the time of acceptance to plan a course of studies.

                                c) Students who have been accepted for part time studies and are in good standing academically will normally be accepted upon re-application to the next term. Refer to Part II, Section B, Promotions re: academic requirements.

                                Graduation and Promotion

                                In order to receive your credential in your program, you must maintain a minimum GPA of 2.00 and a grade of a “C” or better in all semester courses.

                                In order to graduate with Honors students must meet all program requirements with no grades less than a B- and a cumulative GPA of 3.5 or higher.

                                Term 1

                                ADD 384 Addictions Theory and Practice is designed to provide students with an overview of current and emerging research/expertise in the field. The course will cover diverse definitions and understandings of addiction, as informed by current findings in the fields of neuroscience and social science. Pharmacology basics and the biological, psychological, social, spiritual and environmental dimensions of addiction will be reviewed from a number of perspectives. Current research on attachment, trauma and brain development will be examined in relation to addiction from both developmental and environmental perspectives. A critical examination of the link between policy and practice provides context for the emergence of recovery strategies such as harm reduction and motivational techniques. Special attention will be given to the role of colonization and stigma as it is experienced through ethnicity, gender and culture, and the important role of advocacy in this context.

                                Prerequisites
                                3rd year standing in Advanced Diploma in Rural Pre-Medicine (ADRPM), or 3rd year standing in Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN), or enrolment in Mental Health and Addictions Associate Certificate, or Mental Health and Substance Use Advanced Certificate, or ADD 184. Note: Pre-requisite(s) may be waived with permission of the instructor.
                                Credits
                                3.00
                                Term 2

                                HSER 257 Mental Health Issues: Practical Responses provides instruction in a variety of rehabilitative and treatment modalities used in work with individuals facing mental health challenges. Attitudes toward mental health and substance use problems and how they impact helper effectiveness are explored in a supportive milieu. Evidence-based practices such as Psychosocial Rehabilitation and Harm Reduction are used as frameworks for the development of skills and knowledge. Students are introduced to strategies for overcoming stigma and supporting client empowerment in a variety of community and facility settings.

                                Prerequisites
                                English Studies 12 or equivalent or enrolment in Mental Health and Addictions Associate Certificate or Mental Health and Substance Use Advanced Certificate
                                Credits
                                3.00
                                Term 3

                                HSER 600 Motivational Interviewing - Brief Interventions and Support Strategies. This 12-hour lecture format exponential workshop is designed to provide practitioners and students with basic Motivational Interviewing Skills in order to enhance the effectiveness of their work with both mental health, addiction and concurrent conditions in a variety of settings. Motivational Interviewing is a directive, clients centered counseling style for eliciting behaviour change by helping clients to explore and resolve ambivalence. It is both client-centered and goal-directed, and complements most theoretical approaches and styles in the helping professions. This has 2 six hour modules face-to-face.

                                Prerequisites
                                HS Certificate or Instructor's permission.
                                Credits
                                0.00

                                All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

                                Effective Term:

                                Fall

                                Effective Year:

                                20240801

                                Advanced Standing:

                                ADVANCE OR TRANSFER CREDIT

                                a) Transfer credit will be given for university transfer courses equivalent to Selkirk College courses, providing a grade of "C" or better was achieved.

                                b) Applications for transfer credit from other ECCE, SSW or EACSW programs will be reviewed with provincial articulation agreements and considered on an individual basis; applicants may be required to provide detailed course outlines.

                                PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA)

                                a) Advance credit in core program courses (i.e., SSW, ECCE, EACSW and HSER) may be granted by the School Chair or designate after evaluation of the applicant’s mastery of course objectives. See program specific guidelines for PLA.

                                b) Credit for Final Practicum will not be awarded through PLA in Human Services programs.

                                .

                                Re-Entry Instructions:

                                1. An application is required for enrolment in program courses in subsequent years.

                                2. Normally, students who must interrupt their program may apply for re-admission, within one year of departure, on the basis of the following priorities:

                                a) Students in good standing who interrupted their program for illness or other personal reasons.

                                b) Students who failed to meet program requirements for promotion.

                                c) Students transferring from another program within BC.

                                3. Students who fail to complete a semester successfully may apply to re-enter and repeat the incomplete semester when it is next offered. (Normally, there is a period of 12 months between offerings of a course or semester.)

                                4. Normally, a student returning in one year or less will retain full credit for all courses previously completed. After more than one year's absence, students may be required to update or repeat courses previously completed. A grade of "C" or credit granted in each repeated course is required for re-entry.

                                5. Students who withdraw for medical or psychological reasons will provide evidence to the School Chair from a licensed practitioner regarding the suitability of his/her return to the program.

                                6. Students must complete the program in its entirety within 60 calendar months from the time of initial entry into the program.

                                7. Students who have successfully completed their Selkirk College Human Services certificate within the previous year are considered to be a re-entry student.

                                8. Re-entry full-time students who have successfully completed their previous year are given priority over part time students.

                                .

                                Assessment:

                                Grading for theory courses will be as per the Standard Academic and Career Grading Table as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading. Grading for practicum courses will be as per the Competency Based Grades as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading.

                                .

                                Grading Table:

                                Other

                                Program Specific Regulations:

                                .

                                Attendance:

                                1. Students absent for 20% or more in a given course may be placed on behavioural probation. If a student arrives more than 10 minutes late or leaves more than 10 minutes early, they may be recorded as absent.

                                2. Students absent from any courses are responsible for the work they have missed and must make up assignments as required.

                                3. Students are responsible to inform the instructor in advance of any absences.

                                4. Students participating in on-line classes are expected to access and read all materials posted on their course site. If any aspect of the course has not been opened and/or participated in the student will be considered absent for that class.

                                .

                                Assignments:

                                (i) A minimum of three evaluative events will occur as specified in course outlines.

                                (ii) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                (iii) Assignments are due on the date stated on course or assignment outlines. A student may request one extension per course. The request must be made in writing no less than 24 hours before the due date. If the instructor grants permission for the extension the revised due date will be determined by the instructor.

                                (iv) Under extenuating circumstances further requests for extensions may be granted only after the student has participated in a mandatory consultation with the Department Head of Student Access and Support or designate and has presented the instructor with a written plan outlining how they intend to complete their work in a timely manner.

                                (v) A penalty of 10% per day will be assessed against late assignments. All assignments must be handed in by the last day of classes in order to achieve a passing grade and advance to the practicum.

                                (vi) All course assignments must be completed to achieve a passing grade.

                                (vii) All assignments must be typed.

                                (viii) Students may, at the discretion of the instructor, rewrite a maximum of one assignment per course. Rewrites must be submitted for marking within 14 calendar days of the return of the original assignment to the student. Rewritten assignments will receive a maximum grade of 75%.

                                (ix) Students are expected to write tests on the designated dates. If, for legitimate absences, the student misses a test, he/she must write the test as soon as possible with the permission of the instructor.

                                Examinations

                                (i) Exams, labs, projects, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                (ii) No single evaluative event shall be worth more than 50% of the final grade.

                                (iii) For courses involving practicum placements (ECCE 195, 286, 292, 294; SSW 163, 168; EASC 195, 196; HSER 270, 280) evaluation occurs on a continuous basis and graded CRG or NCG as per the Competency Based Selkirk Grading Table in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading. All practicum activities may be considered evaluative events. Informal verbal and/or written feedback is regularly provided by the instructor and practicum supervisors. Depending on the length of the course there may be one or more performance appraisals or evaluations.

                                .

                                Professional Requirements:

                                1. Codes of Ethics and Competencies

                                Students are expected to know, understand and abide by the applicable Codes of Ethics:

                                a) Child and Youth Care Worker;

                                b) Social Service Worker;

                                c) Early Childhood Educator.

                                d) Education Assistant & Community Support Worker.

                                2. Guidelines for Professional Conduct

                                In addition students are expected to consistently demonstrate professional conduct based on the following guidelines:

                                e) exercise personal discipline, accountability and judgement,

                                f) accept personal responsibility for continued competency and learning,

                                g) assist and serve the public, client or patient and place them before oneself,

                                h) recognize the dignity and worth of all persons in any level of society,

                                i) assist others in learning,

                                j) recognize one’s own limitations and areas for development, and

                                k) maintain confidentiality of information appropriate to the purpose and trust given when that information is acquired.

                                Professional Conduct will be measured by: one’s professional abilities, personal integrity, and the attitude one demonstrates in relationship with others.

                                3. Students who violate these professional standards may be required to withdraw from their Program.

                                4. Students may be required to withdraw when ethical, medical or other reasons interfere with the satisfactory completion of their Program.

                                .

                                Mental Health and Substance Use - Certificate

                                Prepare for diverse roles working within the health care and social services sectors.
                                Program at a Glance
                                Length
                                6 months
                                Credential
                                Certificate
                                Delivery Method
                                Online
                                Campus
                                Online
                                Intake Dates
                                Fall
                                Contacts
                                Ellen Strelaeff
                                Program Coordinator, Instructor
                                Phone
                                1 (250) 365-7292
                                21439
                                Direct
                                1 (250) 365-1439
                                  Overview

                                  This comprehensive program is designed to equip students with the knowledge, skills and ethical foundations necessary for working in the multidisciplinary field of mental health and substance use support.

                                  It integrates theoretical knowledge with practical applications to prepare students for diverse roles within the health care and social services sectors, with a focus on the specific needs of clients experiencing mental health and substance use challenges.

                                  Join us at an upcoming Info Session

                                  Health Care Access Program

                                  Learn more about the fully funded Health Career Access Program (HCAP) with a guaranteed work placement offered by Interior Health. Access more information through the Province of BC.

                                  To express your interest to Interior Health, please email your résumé.

                                  You can also reach out to Jocelyn Schroeder for program details.

                                  If seats are not filled by HCAP funded students, we will open seats for non-funded individuals. Add your name to our interest list. 

                                  Blended Online and In-Person Training 

                                  During the first 14 weeks of the program, students complete six online theory courses that are delivered in a blended format (asynchronous and synchronous), followed by an in-person practicum over 5-6 weeks in your home community and place of hire. 

                                  We offer flexible study options to help you make it work. Contact us for further details.

                                  Program Summary

                                  Module 1

                                  Courses, Seven Weeks Online

                                  Module 2

                                  Courses, Seven Weeks Online

                                  Module 3

                                  Practicum, Six Weeks in Person
                                  Program Outcomes

                                  1. Demonstrate professionalism in practice consistent with the code of ethics and standards of practice of
                                  their respective disciplines
                                  2. Use effective interpersonal skills including active listening, collaboration, self-awareness and conflict
                                  resolution within multi-faceted roles and contexts
                                  3. Understand and respect cultural differences and multiple ways of knowing
                                  4. Practice with an ethic of inclusivity
                                  5. Establish and maintain wellness strategies to assure work/life balance both personally and professionally
                                  6. Engage in critical thinking, problem solving and reflective practice

                                  BC High school graduate or equivalent; or
                                  Academic mature student category: 19 years or older at the start of the student’s first academic term

                                  1. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS:
                                  English Studies 12 or equivalent*, with a minimum of 60% or higher

                                  2. SPECIFIC ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THOSE WHO ARE SECOND LANGUAGE LEARNERS
                                  As English is the language of study in BC, those students who are Second Language Learners must
                                  meet one of the English language proficiency assessments outlined in Policy 8611 at an appropriate
                                  level to be accepted into this program.

                                  3. PRE-PRACTICUM REQUIREMENTS
                                  a) Applicants must be able to demonstrate compliance with Public Health Officer's orders with respect
                                  to applicable vaccine requirements (must have completed before practicum if the practice area
                                  requires it).
                                  b) Ministry of Justice Criminal Record Check (must be completed before starting practicum)

                                  Additional Requirements

                                  A current criminal record check from the Ministry of Justice must be completed within 90 days of practicum start date. Some types of criminal records may limit or prohibit acceptance in field placement; acceptance into field placement is a requirement for program promotion.

                                   

                                  APPLICATION PROCESS

                                  General Application Process

                                  Before an applicant's file is completed, the following must be received:

                                  a) Selkirk College application form

                                  b) Official copy of secondary and post-secondary transcripts

                                  Graduation and Promotion

                                  1. In order to progress to the next module, the following requirements must be met.

                                  a) Completion of all courses in the module with a minimum overall cumulative GPA of 2.00 and a grade of a “C” or better in all module courses.

                                  2. Promotion to practicum will be determined by the following criteria:

                                  a) A grade of "C" or better in all required courses as defined in Part II, C, Graduation Requirements.

                                  b) Some types of criminal records may limit or prohibit a student's acceptance in field placement agencies. Ability to be accepted into field placement is a requirement for admission and promotion.

                                  3. A student’s performance will be reviewed by program faculty when:

                                  a) Grades in one or more courses fall below a “C”.

                                  b) Unacceptable behaviour, inappropriate interpersonal skills, and/or patterns of absence are displayed.

                                  c) On probation.

                                  4. Considerations for practicum placement:

                                  a) To avoid a conflict of interest, students are expected to inform instructors of agencies where family and/or personal connections exist.

                                  b) Practicum placements will be arranged by a program placement coordinator.

                                  c) Agency staff will be informed if a student has refused to sign a waiver authorizing the College to share personal information about the student with agency staff.

                                  5. Students will not be placed in practicum based on the following:

                                  a) The student has not demonstrated readiness for practicum placement.

                                  b) Two agencies refuse to accept the student in practicum placement.

                                  c) The student lacks means of transportation.

                                  4. Practicum evaluation will be based on:

                                  a) A review of the student's performance in relation to stated course competencies.

                                  b) A joint review comprised of college instructor, agency supervisor and student.

                                  c) Completed practicum assignments.

                                  In order to graduate with Honors students must meet all program requirements with no grades less than a B- and a cumulative GPA of 3.5 or higher.

                                   

                                  Module 1

                                  ADD 384 Addictions Theory and Practice is designed to provide students with an overview of current and emerging research/expertise in the field. The course will cover diverse definitions and understandings of addiction, as informed by current findings in the fields of neuroscience and social science. Pharmacology basics and the biological, psychological, social, spiritual and environmental dimensions of addiction will be reviewed from a number of perspectives. Current research on attachment, trauma and brain development will be examined in relation to addiction from both developmental and environmental perspectives. A critical examination of the link between policy and practice provides context for the emergence of recovery strategies such as harm reduction and motivational techniques. Special attention will be given to the role of colonization and stigma as it is experienced through ethnicity, gender and culture, and the important role of advocacy in this context.

                                  Prerequisites
                                  3rd year standing in Advanced Diploma in Rural Pre-Medicine (ADRPM), or 3rd year standing in Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN), or enrolment in Mental Health and Addictions Associate Certificate, or Mental Health and Substance Use Advanced Certificate, or ADD 184. Note: Pre-requisite(s) may be waived with permission of the instructor.
                                  Credits
                                  3.00

                                  HSER 257 Mental Health Issues: Practical Responses provides instruction in a variety of rehabilitative and treatment modalities used in work with individuals facing mental health challenges. Attitudes toward mental health and substance use problems and how they impact helper effectiveness are explored in a supportive milieu. Evidence-based practices such as Psychosocial Rehabilitation and Harm Reduction are used as frameworks for the development of skills and knowledge. Students are introduced to strategies for overcoming stigma and supporting client empowerment in a variety of community and facility settings.

                                  Prerequisites
                                  English Studies 12 or equivalent or enrolment in Mental Health and Addictions Associate Certificate or Mental Health and Substance Use Advanced Certificate
                                  Credits
                                  3.00

                                  HSER 258 Fundamentals of Change I is designed to assist the student in developing self-awareness as a helper, and in developing both an understanding and a beginning level of skill. Students are required to participate in exercises, role plays, simulations and video taping of interviews and counselling sessions, in order to accomplish the course objectives.

                                  Prerequisites
                                  Human Services Certificate or Instructor's permission. ENGL 110 or enrolment in the Mental Health and Substance Use Advanced Certificate
                                  Credits
                                  3.00
                                  Module 2

                                  SSW 157 Group Skills, offers knowledge and skill development that can be applied to a large number of settings: in the workplace as a team member; working with specific client groups including children, adolescents, families, special interest groups; leading and/or participating in learning and discussion groups; planning, implementing and evaluating community development work. Effective social service workers need a good understanding of working in groups and group facilitation skills. The focus will be on increasing students' awareness of their own interaction in groups and on demonstrating their ability to use effective facilitation skills with groups.

                                  Prerequisites
                                  Successful completion of semester 1
                                  Credits
                                  3.00

                                  HSER 255 Professional Foundations for Human Services explores foundations of Human Service Worker professional practice through an examination of the issues surrounding professional identity, ethical practice, and the interdisciplinary team approach. The skills required for communicating as a professional and as a team member, both oral and written, are developed throughout the course.

                                  Prerequisites
                                  HS Certificate or Instructor's permission.
                                  Credits
                                  3.00

                                  HSER 259 Fundamentals of Change II is designed to assist students to build advanced helping skills on the base developed in HSER 258. Students will learn to use their helping relationships and interpersonal communication skills within the framework of the helping process model. Students are required to demonstrate their skill development on video tape, as well as demonstrate analytical skills which will require both self-awareness and knowledge of the helping model. The focus is on the skills required to carry out action planning, support of action and evaluation of outcomes in helping interventions.

                                  Prerequisites
                                  HS Certificate or Instructor's permission.
                                  Credits
                                  3.00
                                  Module 3 Practicum

                                  SSW 168 Field Work II is a full-time field placement for five weeks following the winter semester that affords the student the opportunity to practice the skills learned in the previous two semesters. Field placement provides an opportunity for students to demonstrate competency required for permanent employment in Social Service Agencies. On-line weekly seminars will support this practicum.

                                  Prerequisites
                                  SSW 163, SSW 166, SSW 162, HSER 174, PSYC 100, ENGL 110, SSW 160, FAM 180, ADD 184, SSW 161, SSW 157, PSYC 101, ENGL 111
                                  Credits
                                  5.00

                                  Effective Term:

                                  Spring

                                  Effective Year:

                                  20240501

                                  Advanced Standing:

                                  ADVANCE OR TRANSFER CREDIT AND PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT

                                  A student who has successfully completed any of the required college/university courses (or equivalent) may be given advance credit:

                                  a) Application for advance or transfer credit must be made prior to entry into the program as per Policy 8614: Advanced Standing – Course Challenge, PLA, Transfer Credit, and approval obtained from the Registrar.

                                  b) A student who applies for advanced standing from another program will be considered on an individual basis.

                                  c) A student who wishes to prove proficiency in part or all a course’s content must apply for Prior Learning Assessment (PLA). The School Chair, in consultation with program instructors will determine whether PLA credit is granted.

                                  .

                                  Re-Entry Instructions:

                                  1. An application is required for enrolment in program courses in subsequent years.

                                  2. Normally, students who must interrupt their program may apply for re-admission, within one year of departure, on the basis of the following priorities:

                                  a) Students in good standing who interrupted their program for illness or other personal reasons.

                                  b) Students who failed to meet program requirements for promotion.

                                  c) Students transferring from another program within BC.

                                  3. Students who fail to complete a semester successfully may apply to re-enter and repeat the incomplete semester when it is next offered.

                                  4. Normally, a student returning in one year or less will retain full credit for all courses previously completed. After more than one year's absence, students may be required to update or repeat courses previously completed. A grade of "C" or credit granted in each repeated course is required for re-entry.

                                  5. Students who withdraw for medical or psychological reasons will provide evidence to the School Chair from a licensed practitioner regarding the suitability of his/her return to the program.

                                  6. Students must complete the program in its entirety within 60 calendar months from the time of initial entry into the program.

                                  7. Students who have successfully completed their Selkirk College Human Services certificate within the previous year are considered to be a re-entry student.

                                  8. Re-entry full-time students who have successfully completed their previous year are given priority over part time students.

                                  .

                                  Assessment:

                                  Grading

                                  Grading for theory courses will be as per the Standard Academic and Career Grading Table as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading. Grading for practicum courses will be as per the Competency Based Grades as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading.

                                  .

                                  Grading Table:

                                  Other

                                  Types of Assessments:

                                  a) Assignments

                                  (i) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                  (ii) Assignments are due on the date stated on course or assignment outlines. A student may request one extension per course. The request must be made to the instructor no less than 24 hours before the due date. If the instructor grants permission for the extension the revised due date will be determined by the instructor in consultation with the student.

                                  (iii) Under extenuating circumstances further requests for extensions may be granted after consultation with the instructor and the appropriate student success support staff. Students will be expected to articulate a plan outlining how they intend to complete their work in a timely manner.

                                  (iv) A penalty of 10% per day may be assessed against late assignments. All assignments should be handed in by the last day of classes in order to achieve a passing grade and advance to the practicum.

                                  (v) Students may, at the discretion of the instructor, rewrite a maximum of one assignment per course. Rewrites must be submitted for marking within 14 calendar days of the return of the original assignment to the student. Rewritten assignments will receive a maximum grade of 75%.

                                  (vi) Students are expected to write tests on the designated dates. If, for legitimate absences, the student misses a test, they must write the test as soon as possible with the permission of the instructor.

                                  b) Examinations

                                  (i) Exams, labs, projects, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                  (ii) No single evaluative event shall be worth more than 50% of the final grade.

                                  (iii) For courses involving practicum placements (SSW 168) evaluation occurs on a continuous basis and graded CRG or NCG as per the Competency Based Selkirk Grading Table in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading. All practicum activities may be considered evaluative events. Informal verbal and/or written feedback is regularly provided by the instructor and practicum supervisors. Depending on the length of the course there may be one or more performance appraisals or evaluations.

                                  .

                                  Attendance:

                                  1. Student attendance in class supports their progression toward meeting the course learning outcomes and contributes to the learning community as a whole. They will gain valuable insights and opportunities that would not be possible without the conversations and activities they will participate in. If a student finds themselves in a situation where they aren’t able to complete class requirements or engage in online activities, they will need to contact the relevant instructor so that they can collaborate on a plan for continued student success. When students miss class activities, the chances of successfully meeting the learning outcomes may be reduced and/or prevent the student from passing the class.

                                  2. If 2 or more classes are missed, the instructor will check in with the student to ensure they are set up with appropriate resources and to collaborate on a plan for success. Plans will be documented on record of advisement or learning plan forms.

                                  3. Students missing any course activities are responsible for the work they have missed and must make up activities/assignments as required.

                                  4. Students are responsible to inform the instructor in advance of any absences.

                                  5. Students participating in on-line classes are expected to access and read all materials posted on their course site. If any aspect of the course has not been opened and/or participated in the student may be considered absent for that class.

                                  6. A student who must be absent from a practice or simulated learning experience is responsible for notifying the instructor at least one hour prior to the scheduled time of the experience. Missed hours may be rescheduled if learning outcomes are not being met.

                                  .

                                  Professional Requirements:

                                  1. Codes of Ethics and Competencies

                                  Students are expected to know, understand and abide by any applicable Codes of Ethics.

                                   

                                  2. Guidelines for Professional Conduct

                                  Students are expected to consistently demonstrate professional conduct based on the following guidelines:

                                  a) exercise personal discipline, accountability, and judgement,

                                  b) accept personal responsibility for continued competency and learning,

                                  c) assist and serve the public, client or patient and place them before oneself,

                                  d) recognize the dignity and worth of all persons in any level of society,

                                  e) assist others in learning,

                                  f) recognize one’s own limitations and areas for development, and

                                  g) maintain confidentiality of information appropriate to the purpose and trust given when that information is acquired.

                                   

                                  Professional Conduct will be measured by one’s professional abilities, personal integrity, and the attitude one demonstrates in relationship with others.

                                   

                                  3. Students who violate these professional standards may be required to withdraw from their program.

                                   

                                  4. Students may be required to withdraw when ethical, medical, or other reasons interfere with the satisfactory completion of their program.

                                  .

                                  Other Regulations:

                                  RESPONSIBILITIES IN FIELD PRACTICUM PLACEMENTS

                                  1. The selection of practicum placements is the responsibility of the program faculty. Students will not actively seek practicum sites.

                                   

                                  2. Students will not provide transportation for clients while on practicum.

                                   

                                  3. Students will not administer medications to clients while on practicum.

                                   

                                  4. Students without supervision of agency staff will not be responsible for clients when off agency premises unless college instructor approval is given prior to the event.

                                  .

                                  N

                                  O

                                  P

                                  Peace and Conflict Studies - Liberal Arts Diploma

                                  Program at a Glance
                                  Length
                                  2 years
                                  Credential
                                  Diploma
                                  Delivery Method
                                  On Campus
                                  Campus
                                  Castlegar
                                  Intake Dates
                                  Fall
                                  Contacts
                                  University Arts & Sciences Admissions
                                  Enrolment Officer
                                  Phone
                                  1 (888) 953-1133
                                  Direct
                                  1 (250) 365-7292
                                  Duff Sutherland
                                  UAS School Chair, Instructor
                                  Phone
                                  1 (888) 953-1133
                                  21318
                                  Direct
                                  1 (250) 365-1318
                                    Overview

                                    Take this program if you have a strong desire to understand human conflict and to help put an end to the world’s needless suffering through viable non-violent methods and practices.

                                    The two-year Peace and Conflict Studies diploma emphasizes building cultures of peace through interdisciplinary study, conflict analysis and transformation and service learning. Students also have the opportunity to study internationally in PEAC 205: Global Perspective in Peace: An Independent Studies Course. The global landscape is changing as individuals and groups seek new ways to address conflict that adheres to principles of nonviolence and sustainability. In these exciting times, you can strive to be part of the global peace movement that looks at these events in a different light, choosing to see hope and optimism by viewing situations from the perspective of peace and justice.

                                    Emphasizing peace from the interpersonal to the international, this program combines courses in the humanities and social sciences and gives you opportunities to engage in service learning or in self-directed peace related academic research.

                                    Themes include environment, restorative justice, leadership, international development, social justice, human rights and non-violence.

                                    Program Outcomes

                                    Upon successful completion of an Associate of Arts or Liberal Arts Diploma program, learners will be able to:

                                    1. Explain terms, concepts and theories of the discipline(s)
                                    2. Read, write and communicate effectively and creatively across academic disciplines
                                    3. Ask informed questions to deepen the level of enquiry
                                    4. Use quantitative and qualitative evidence to support claims
                                    5. Research and analyze evidence from scholarly and professional publications
                                    6. Synthesize and summarize literature and data
                                    7. Demonstrate developing critical, creative thinking and problem-solving skills
                                    8. Use current and emerging technology
                                    9. Demonstrate collaborative skills in a multicultural environment
                                    10. Conduct themselves in a professional and ethical manner in an academic environment

                                    In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, as outlined in Policy 8600: Pre-Admissions Basic Skills Assessment (College Readiness Tool CRT), and Policy 8611: Admissions, Applicants to the University Arts and Sciences Program must meet the following requirements to be considered fully qualified:

                                    Academic

                                    a) Students entering UAS courses, with the exceptions in 2- below, require at least 60% or better in English Studies 12, or equivalent. Students who do not meet this requirement must write the Language Proficiency Index (LPI) test and achieve a minimum of level 4 to attain equivalency.

                                    b) French 102, Spanish 102, and English 51 do not require B.C. English Studies 12 or equivalent as a prerequisite. However, students enrolled in the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program wishing to take English 51 will be governed by the relevant policies and procedures of the International Education Program.

                                    c) The English Studies 12 prerequisite may be waived for exceptional grade 12 students in the Transitions Program. Credit for transitions courses will be withheld until a grade of 60% or better in English Studies 12 is achieved.

                                    d) Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the College’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.

                                    e) Additional admission requirements may be necessary for particular certificate programs, diploma programs or associate degrees. Course prerequisites and program admission requirements are defined in the appendices at the end of this document, in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the College website www.selkirk.ca

                                    f) Mature students must meet the English Studies 12 requirement and additional course requirements as specified in the college calendar.

                                    Additional Requirements
                                    • Students whose first language is not English must fulfill the college’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.
                                    • Mature students must meet the English 12 requirement.
                                    • If you are a student who lacks the admission requirements, you may still gain entry to the program by taking a combination of Academic Upgrading and university courses in your first year. This may extend the length of your program.
                                    Graduation and Promotion

                                    Selkirk College awards a Liberal Arts Diploma in Peace and Conflict Studies to students who complete at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Science courses with a “P” grade or better in each course, achieves a minimum GPA of 2.00, and whose course selection meets the following criteria:

                                    · Two semester courses in first-year English.

                                    · A minimum of 10 semester courses in first- or second-year Arts and Science courses other than first-year English. Two of these courses must be Peace 100 and Peace 101.

                                    · A minimum of six semester courses in second-year Arts of which three of these courses must be Peace 200, 201, and 203.

                                    · Up to a maximum of six courses may be from other subjects, as long as they are at the 100-level or higher and are transferable as per the BC Transfer Guide.

                                    The following is a selection of courses that may be chosen for this diploma. Students are advised to meet with an academic counsellor to discuss their course selection.

                                    GRADUATION/CERTIFICATES

                                    Diplomas

                                    The School of University Arts and Science offers a number of diploma programs. Completion of the diploma program requires a student to complete at least sixty (60) credits of University Arts and Science courses in selected areas with a “P” grade or better in each course, and a minimum GPA of 2.00. The admission requirements, graduation requirements, and course of studies for each diploma program are defined in individual program pages in the Selkirk College calendar, and on the college website www.selkirk.ca

                                    Term 1
                                    Required Courses

                                    ENGL 110 introduces students to the world of scholarly writing -- reading it, thinking about it, and producing it as academic researchers. Students will explore how professional and/or academic writers across disciplines communicate to a variety of audiences. Students will practice active reading, writing and critical thinking skills by conducting scholarly research on a topic. This course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge they need to write effectively within academic contexts.

                                    Prerequisites
                                    English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                    Credits
                                    3.00

                                    PACS (PEAC) 100 Introduction to Peace Studies I offers an introduction to the foundational concepts of peace studies: peace, conflict, violence and non-violence. Students will gain an understanding and engage in critical analysis of historical and current nonviolence movements for social change with the goal of equipping them to help build cultures of peace.

                                    Prerequisites
                                    English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                    Credits
                                    3.00
                                    Elective Courses

                                    The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                                    Take three (3) general elective 100-level courses.

                                    See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                                    Term 2
                                    Required Courses

                                    ENGL 111 Introduction to Literature is about living more intensely. Rather than providing answers, literature prompts us to ask better questions of ourselves and each other. Drama, poetry, short stories, and novels will guide us in discussion, reflection, and writing about literature.

                                    Prerequisites
                                    English 110, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                    Credits
                                    3.00

                                    PACS (PEAC) 101 Peace Studies II is the second of two introductory core courses in Peace Studies at Selkirk College. This course will focus on traditional and non-traditional approaches to Conflict Resolution transformation. Students will be introduced to conflict theory and conflict analysis, as well as conflict transformation strategies ranging from general principles and key concepts in arbitration, negotiation non-violent action, mediation, reconciliation and forgiveness, and alternative dispute resolution including, non-violent communication, peacemaking circles, conflict transformation, and conflict free conflict resolution. Students will practice identifying, analyzing, role playing, mapping, and peacefully resolving or transforming conflicts that range from the interpersonal to the international.

                                    Prerequisites
                                    English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. PEAC 100 is recommended.
                                    Credits
                                    3.00
                                    Elective Courses

                                    The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                                    Take three (3) general elective 100-level courses.

                                    See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                                    Term 3
                                    Required Courses

                                    PACS (PEAC) 201 From Water to Chocolate: Environment, Conflict and Justice is an examination of selected global political-ecological issues, including conflict minerals, child slavery, climate change, and water wars; as well as the power and potential of various pathways to peace, including nonviolent direct action, Indigenous solidarity, fair trade, international accompaniment, ecological restoration, and environmental peace-building.

                                    Prerequisites
                                    Second-year standing. PACS (PEAC) 100 is recommended.
                                    Credits
                                    3.00

                                    PACS (PEAC) 203 Introduction to Restorative Justice: Theory and Practice explores the theory and practice of restorative justice. Themes include retribution, punishment and deterrence; Indigenous approaches to justice; trauma and healing; shame and empathy; community, belonging, forgiveness, and reconciliation. Students will gain familiarity with the process models of victim-offender mediation, family-group conferencing, and peacemaking circles; and will learn how restorative practices are being used in our schools.

                                    Prerequisites
                                    English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. PACS (PEAC) 100 and PACS (PEAC) 101 are recommended.
                                    Credits
                                    3.00
                                    Elective Courses

                                    The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                                    Take two (2) general elective 100-level courses and one (1) general elective 200-level course.

                                    See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                                    Term 4
                                    Required Courses

                                    PEAC 202 Leadership for Peace: The Individual and Social Transformation begins with the understanding that leadership for peace is, at its foundations, leadership for human rights and social justice; and with the further insight that social transformation is always joined with inner transformation, to the individual who ''can change the world''. PEAC 202 examines leadership and peace in relation to issues of authority, power, legitimacy, and the will to truth, reconciliation, compassion, and healing. A significant part of this course is a service learning assignment to be determined by the student in conjunction with faculty.

                                    Prerequisites
                                    English Studies 12 or equivalent with minimum of 60%. Successful completion of, or concurrent study in PEAC 100 or PEAC 101 strongly recommended.
                                    Credits
                                    3.00
                                    Elective Courses

                                    The following is a suggested selection of courses. Students are advised to meet with a Selkirk College counsellor to discuss course options.

                                    Take two (2) general elective 100-level courses and two (2) general elective 200-level course.

                                    See the UAS Courses by discipline page for course selections.

                                    All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

                                    Effective Term:

                                    Fall, Winter, Spring

                                    Effective Year:

                                    20240801

                                    Advanced Standing:

                                    A. ADVANCE CREDIT

                                    1. Transfer credit in first and second year UAS courses will be given for equivalent courses taken in the last ten years (five years recommended for Biology) from an accredited post-secondary institution. All prerequisite courses require a minimum grade of 60%. Students who have completed such course(s) more than ten years earlier (five years recommended for Biology) require permission from the School Chair to receive transfer credit at Selkirk College.

                                    B. PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA) Selkirk College Policy 8614 Advanced Standing: Course Challenge, and Transfer Credit.

                                    1. Students may apply to prove their currency in an individual course by challenging the course(s) in question under the Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) process.

                                    2. The School Chair in consultation with the appropriate faculty member(s) will decide whether a student may undertake a course challenge through PLA. Students should be aware that some universities may not accept credits received through the PLA process.

                                    3. Students must apply for transfer credit or PLA in a timely manner so that they may register for the course in question if transfer credit(s) is denied or PLA is unsuccessful.

                                    .

                                    Assessment:

                                    a) Grading will be as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612. The grading table applicable to each course will be identified on the course outline.

                                    a) Students need to complete all the components of a course as indicated on the course outline. Students failing to meet this criterion will receive a maximum grade of 49 percent.

                                    b) Courses with a lab/seminar and lecture may require passing both lecture and lab/seminar in order to pass the course. If this requirement applies to a course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                                    c) For some online courses, students must pass the final exam to receive a passing grade in the course regardless of their grade to date, and students who fail the final exam will receive a maximum grade of 49%. If this requirement applies to an online course, the requirement will be noted in the course outline.

                                    d) If an assignment is not submitted by the due date identified on the course outline, the mark for the assignment could be reduced by as much as 100%. Students seeking an extension must consult with their instructors. It is the right of individual instructors to implement this policy. All instructors will outline their policies with respect to missed or late assignments in their current course outlines.

                                    .

                                    Grading Table:

                                    Standard Academic and Career Programs

                                    Types of Assessments:

                                    Types of Evaluations (i.e., exams, seminar assignments, essays, reports, group projects, presentations, demonstrations, etc.)

                                    a) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                    b) Exams, essays, projects, reports, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                    .

                                    Program Specific Regulations:

                                    A. ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: CHEATING AND PLAGIARISM (Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism)

                                    The School of University Arts and Sciences values true academic endeavour, and believes that evaluative events including examinations, essays, reports, and other assignments should honestly reflect student learning. All students are governed by Policy 8618: Cheating and Plagiarism. It is the student’s responsibility to be familiar with content of this policy and to seek clarification from an instructor when needed.

                                    B. ACADEMIC PROGRESS (Promotion)

                                    Students academic progress is governed by Policy 8615:

                                    a) Students must meet all course prerequisites.

                                    b) Students who are found to be without the required grade in the prerequisite course or who have not received permission from the instructor and School Chair may be withdrawn.

                                    C. PROBATION (Policy 8619: Student Probation)

                                    Students may be placed on academic probation, behavioural probation, or both in accordance with Policy 8619: Probation is not intended to be punitive; however, the conditions of the probation must be met to be removed from probation and failure to meet the conditions will have consequences that may include withdrawal from a course or program.

                                    D. WITHDRAWING

                                    Students may choose to, or be required to withdraw from, the course(s), the program or the College as per Selkirk College Policy 8616: Withdrawal. This policy governs procedures, deadlines, refunds, and the consequences of withdrawing.

                                    E. APPEAL (Policy 8400: Student Appeals)

                                    The educational process at Selkirk College incorporates the joint efforts of students and the services provided to the students by the institution. Although in most instances students and the College faculty, administration and staff cooperate during the learning process, Selkirk College recognizes that occasional disputes between students and the College can arise. To every extent possible, disagreements should be resolved through informal discussions between the parties involved. If this discussion does not bring resolution, the procedures outlined in Policy 8400 apply.

                                    .

                                    Attendance:

                                    1. Attendance at scheduled lectures, laboratories, field trips, seminars, tutorials, and examinations is mandatory.

                                    2. Students absent from class for any reasons are responsible for the work they have missed. They must make up assignments as required, usually within two weeks of the missed class. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor when an absence is required.

                                    .

                                    Other Regulations:

                                    Examination Policy

                                    a) Final examinations are held in most courses during the examination period at the end of each semester. The dates of the examination period are listed on the Selkirk College Website.

                                    b) Students will not be permitted to write final examinations at alternate times unless there is a compelling reason. Examples of compelling reasons include: illness (documented), death in the family (documented), jury duty and traffic accident. Examples of non-compelling reasons: family vacation/reunion, previously arranged travel plans (e.g., seat sales).

                                    c) Academic honesty is expected. Therefore, the following will not be tolerated during exams:

                                    (i) Making use of any books, notes or materials other than those authorized by the examiners.

                                    (ii) Communicating with other candidates.

                                    (iii) Exposing written papers to the view of other candidates.

                                    (iv) Leaving the examination room unescorted during an exam.

                                    (v) Unauthorized use of cell phones or other electronic devices.

                                    (vi) Disciplinary action would, at a minimum, result in the examination paper being given a grade of zero.

                                    (vii) Supplemental examinations are not available for School of University Arts and Science courses.

                                    .

                                    Pharmacy Technician - Diploma

                                    Prepare for employment as a pharmacy technician in a variety of settings, including community, hospital and residential pharmacies.
                                    Program at a Glance
                                    Length
                                    15 months
                                    Credential
                                    Diploma
                                    Delivery Method
                                    On Campus
                                    Online
                                    Campus
                                    Online
                                    Intake Dates
                                    Fall
                                    Contacts
                                    Melissa Bleier
                                    Program Coordinator, Instructor
                                    Phone
                                    1 (250) 365-7292
                                    21285
                                      Overview

                                      Pharmacy technicians work collaboratively with pharmacists and members of the health care team in the promotion of wellness, disease prevention and the management of chronic diseases. Pharmacy technicians are responsible and accountable for ensuring accuracy in product preparation and release. Graduates have the knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to meet the entry-level competencies defined by the National Association of Pharmacy Regulatory Authorities (NAPRA).

                                      The mission of the Pharmacy Technician Program is to graduate professional pharmacy technician candidates who successfully complete the registration process. The vision of the program is to develop critical-thinking, lifelong learners committed to collaborative, safe practices and advancement of the pharmacy technician profession.

                                      The program has been awarded the status of full accreditation by the Canadian Council for Accreditation of Pharmacy Programs. Graduates of the program are eligible for direct admission into the Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada certification process and the College of Pharmacists of British Columbia registration process.

                                      Join us at an upcoming Info Session

                                      Highlights

                                      • Career ready in 15 months—condensed diploma
                                      • Flexible learning with theory courses completed online (asynchronous)
                                      • 8-week in-person lab in Castlegar, Duncan or Prince George
                                      • Small class sizes, instructor led and supported
                                      • Fully accredited with Canadian Council for Accreditation of Pharmacy Programs (CCAPP)
                                      • In demand! Nearly flawless employability rate for our grads!

                                      The program is delivered using a blend of online theory courses, in-person lab classes and practicum hours in both hospital and community. The program is 15 months in length and consist of three theory terms, one lab term and ten weeks of practicum. Students complete eight weeks of in-person labs with Selkirk College on the Castlegar Campus, or as a transfer credit with Vancouver Island University on the Cowichan campus or the College of New Caledonia on the Prince George campus, where they apply theory learned in the online courses and prepare for practicum.  

                                      Consider this program if you:

                                      • Are detailed-oriented and well organized
                                      • Enjoy working in a fast-paced team environment
                                      • Are self-motivated and committed to lifelong learning
                                      • Have strong interpersonal communication skills
                                      • Are a critical thinker
                                      • Enjoy computer technology
                                      • Are caring and empathetic
                                      Halley Whittleton, Pharmacy Technician
                                      The best part about studying at Selkirk College was the flexibility with the course format, as well as being able to stay in our beautiful Kootenay region. When I decided to go back to school, the administration was very helpful in guiding me to a program that would work best with my lifestyle and long-term goals.
                                      Halley Whittleton, Pharmacy Technician
                                      Study Online and Practice Close to Home!
                                      New option of eight-week in-person labs in partnership with Vancouver Island University, Cowichan Campus, or in partnership with the College of New Caledonia, Prince George Campus!
                                      Program Outcomes

                                      Graduates of the Pharmacy Technician Program will meet the competencies and educational outcomes as set out by the National Association of Pharmacy Regulatory Authorities (NAPRA) and the Canadian Pharmacy Technician Educators Association (CPTEA):

                                      1. Practice within legal requirements, demonstrate professionalism and uphold professional standards of practice, codes of ethics and policies
                                      2. Participate in meeting the patient’s health goals and drug-related needs by establishing caring and professional relationships
                                      3. Contribute to a safe, effective and efficient product distribution and release in the practice setting
                                      4. Support health promotion activities for patients, communities and populations in collaboration with the pharmacist and other health professionals
                                      5. Make theory-based and evidence-informed decisions in practice, ensuring safe and effective product distribution
                                      6. Collaborate with members of the intra- and inter-professional health teams to support the delivery of comprehensive services and ensure continuity of care
                                      7. Communicate effectively with patients, the pharmacy team, other health professionals and the public, including the provision of patient education
                                      8. Contribute to quality control and support a culture of safety in practice

                                      BC high school graduation or equivalent with 60% or higher in:

                                      • Biology 12
                                      • English Studies 12
                                      • Chemistry 11
                                      • Pre-Calculus 11 or Foundations of Math 12

                                      English language proficiency: Applicants are required to submit documentation of one of the following as evidence of language proficiency:

                                      • Graduation from a high school in Canada with three consecutive first language English courses/credits
                                      • Language proficiency test results that meet the NAPRA Language Proficiency Requirement for licensure as a Pharmacy Technician in Canada
                                      • An undergraduate degree from a university in Canada whose instruction was provided in English
                                      Additional Requirements
                                      • Criminal record check (CRC) from the BC Ministry of Justice
                                      • College Readiness Tool (CRT) Assessment
                                      • Applicant information questionnaire (found in application package)
                                      • Current computer skills, including knowledge/skill in navigating the internet, word processing, file management and email. Applicants are encouraged to complete the Computer Skills Self-Assessment.
                                      • Immunizations for health care workers as established by the BC Ministry of Health prior to starting practicum
                                      • WHMIS, Basic First Aid and CPR (C) completed prior to starting lab courses
                                      • Official transcripts from high school and all post-secondary institutions attended (mailed directly from the Ministry of Education and educational institutions)
                                      • Official transcripts, equivalence reports and English proficiency test results for internationally educated applicants

                                      Qualified applicants are accepted on a first-come, first-served basis. Early application is recommended.

                                      APPLICATION PROCESS

                                      1. Before an application is considered complete, the following must be received by the Admissions Office:

                                      a) Selkirk College Application Form

                                      b) Official transcripts of high school grades (an interim statement of grades is acceptable if applicant is still attending school);

                                      2. The Admissions Office will acknowledge receipt of application forms. Program seats will be offered on a first qualified, first served basis.

                                      3. Fully qualified applicants will be offered admission based on application date.

                                      4. Partially qualified applicants may be offered a conditional acceptance; an interim statement of grades will be used for the purposes of conditional acceptance. All program admission requirements must be met prior to starting program courses.

                                      5. Once the seats have been filled, a waitlist will be created and maintained for 12 months after which applicants who are not admitted or have deferred a seat must reapply to affirm their continued interest in the program.

                                      6. Applications must be received by February 1 and supporting documents by March 31.

                                      Graduation and Promotion

                                      PROMOTION

                                      1. Eligibility for course registration for part time studies will be determined by course pre-requisite requirements.

                                      GRADUATION

                                      1. Credentials: In order to qualify for graduation with a Pharmacy Technician Diploma, a student must meet the following requirements:

                                      In order to progress from one semester to the next, students are required to achieve a minimum of 80% in all published prerequisite courses (e.g., PTEC 126 Pharmacology I and PTEC 216 Pharmacology II).

                                      Term 1

                                      PTEC 101Introduction to the Pharmacy Technician Program and Online Learning for Success. This course introduces students to the Pharmacy Technician Program structure and how to navigate the online learning management system (Moodle). An overview of the curriculum, teaching learning approaches and strategies for success are discussed. Students are introduced to the steps required to become a Registered Pharmacy Technician in Canada.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Admission to the Pharmacy Technician Program
                                      Credits
                                      1.00

                                      PTEC 102 Anatomy, Physiology and Medical Terminology is an introduction to medical language, and the anatomy and physiology of the human body using a body system approach. Students will learn to describe normal functioning of body systems and begin to explore the pathophysiology of common diseases and medical conditions that will be covered in Pharmacology I and Pharmacology II.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      PTEC 101
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 111
                                      Credits
                                      4.00

                                      PTEC 103 Introduction to Professional Practice introduces students to the professional practice and scope of practice requirements for pharmacy technicians. Foundations for federal and provincial laws, regulations and standards that govern pharmacy practice in the Canadian health care system are examined. Foundations for ethical, professional practice are introduced and leveled in subsequent courses.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      PTEC 101, PTEC 102, PTEC 111
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 117
                                      Credits
                                      4.00

                                      PTEC 111 Interpersonal Communications in Pharmacy focuses on self-awareness and effective interpersonal communication skills required of professionals working on the health care team and as an online learner. Students learn how to actively listen and respond, account for differences that may influence understanding and engagement in conversation, and use communication strategies to support personal wellness and professional boundaries.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      PTEC 101
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 102
                                      Credits
                                      3.00

                                      PTEC 117 Fundamentals of Product Distribution provides an introduction to pharmacy language, drug dosage forms, routes of administration, and techniques and procedures required to implement safe and efficient drug distribution. Students explore drug distribution systems and the path of a prescription / drug order for release of product. Students access resources to support evidence-informed decision-making. Factors that contribute to errors in product distribution are examined and actions to prevent occurrence are discussed.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      PTEC 101, PTEC 102, PTEC 111
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 103
                                      Credits
                                      4.00
                                      Term 2

                                      PTEC 122 Pharmacy Calculations covers the mathematical skills required in the practice of pharmacy. Students examine measurement systems, decimals, fractions, and ratio and proportion concepts. The metric system, in keeping with health care standards in Canada, is a main focus of the course. The interpretation of numerals, symbols and Latin abbreviations used in the pharmacy is a focus within all course assignments and exams. Exploration of dilution and concentration, percentage strength, and compounding calculations prepare students for hands on lab classes in dispensing, compounding and sterile product preparation. Emphasis is placed on completing all calculations with 100% accuracy in preparation for application and testing in the lab classes and practicum.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semester 1 courses.
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 126, PTEC 123
                                      Credits
                                      4.00

                                      PTEC 123 Professional Practice II is designed to expand the student's understanding of and appreciation for the expectations of professional practice. Building on concepts introduced in PTEC 103, students discuss ethical and legal principles that guide professional practice and how to respond when unethical, illegal or unprofessional actions are observed. The student will examine federal and provincial legislation details that guide pharmacy operations and drug distribution. Basic principles will be applied to support optimal patient care and health promotion.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semester 1 courses.
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 122, PTEC 126
                                      Credits
                                      3.00

                                      PTEC 126 Pharmacology I is part one of a two-part course that covers the study of drugs and their properties, effects, and therapeutic value in the major drug categories. Upon completion, students will be able to place common drugs into correct therapeutic categories and identify indications, side effects, trade and generic names, major drug interactions and storage considerations. Students will learn the essentials of pharmacology and how it relates to dispensing and patient safety. Students will explore and practice assessing when a patient should be referred to a pharmacist, identify drug related problems and discuss appropriate monitoring parameters. Knowledge gained in this course will support the pharmacy technician within their scope of practice in a collaborative interprofessional health care team.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semester 1 courses in PTEC Program
                                      Credits
                                      4.00

                                      PTEC 127 Community Practice Theory examines the role of the pharmacy technician in prescription processing, documentation and product distribution in community pharmacies. Students examine all technical aspects of receiving, verifying, and processing prescriptions to ensure accuracy, safety and compliance with legislation, regulatory requirements and best practices. The principles and processes of record keeping, inventory management, adjudication and billing are studied. Students are introduced to the principles of non-sterile compounding and examine the use of over-the-counter (OTC) drugs, natural health products and complementary treatments. The pharmacy technician's collaborative role in health promotion and information sharing activities with patients is examined.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      PTEC 122, PTEC 117
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 128
                                      Credits
                                      3.00

                                      PTEC 128 Interpersonal Communications in Pharmacy II explores more advanced communication skills required for obtaining comprehensive personal health information, conducting medication histories, and engaging in health teaching. The pharmacy technician's role in health promotion activities and public health initiatives are examined. Students discuss the competencies of intra and inter-professional collaborative practice in greater detail.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      PTEC 111, PTEC 122, PTEC 123
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 127
                                      Credits
                                      3.00
                                      Term 3

                                      PTEC 213 Transition to Professional Practice is designed to support students in preparing for preceptorship, licensure exams upon graduation, and entry to practice. Students build on their knowledge of regulatory requirements, jurisprudence, and ethical and professional practice.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semester 1 and 2 courses in PTEC Program
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 217
                                      Credits
                                      2.00

                                      PTEC 216 Pharmacology II is part two of a two-part course that covers the study of drugs and their properties, effects, and therapeutic value in the major drug categories. Upon completion, students will be able to place common drugs into correct therapeutic categories and identify indications, side effects, trade and generic names, major drug interactions and storage considerations. Students will learn the essentials of pharmacology and how it relates to dispensing and patient safety. Students will explore and practice assessing when a patient should be referred to a pharmacist, identify drug related problems and discuss appropriate monitoring parameters. Knowledge gained in this course will support the pharmacy technician within their scope of practice in a collaborative interprofessional health care team.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      PTEC 126
                                      Credits
                                      4.00

                                      PTEC 217 Institutional Pharmacy Practice builds on the fundamentals of product distribution previously learned and examines the role of Pharmacy Technicians employed in institutional settings. Students examine hospital drug distribution systems and processes, medication safety, principles of infection control and sterile product preparation, and quality assurance / risk management practices.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semester 1 and 2 courses in PTEC Program
                                      Corequisites
                                      PTEC 213
                                      Credits
                                      3.00
                                      Term 4

                                      PTEC 220 Technology for Product Distribution introduces students to the management of database information and technology used in the pharmacy to dispense medications. Students apply concepts learned in previous theory courses to pharmacy case study scenarios using pharmacy dispensing software. Accuracy and completeness of database information and appropriate use of technology systems to support safe product distribution are emphasized. Concepts explored in this course provide a foundation for subsequent lab courses in the program.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Completion of Semester 3 in PTEC Program
                                      Credits
                                      2.00

                                      PTEC 221 Prescription Dispensing is a experiential lab course in which students apply the knowledge and skills acquired from previous theory courses to process and dispense prescriptions safely, efficiently and effectively in community practice settings. Students practice the technical aspects of processing prescriptions including interpreting prescriptions, performing calculations, documentation, and verification. Principles of inventory management and best practices in pharmacy record keeping are integrated into the learning activities. Students apply and demonstrate effective interpersonal communication and health teaching skills associated with the dispensing process.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Completion of Semester 3 in the PTEC Program
                                      Credits
                                      2.00

                                      PTEC 223 Institutional Dispensing and Sterile Product Preparation is a experiential lab course in which students learn the aseptic skills required to prepare a variety of parenteral products. Students apply the knowledge and skills acquired from previous theory courses to process and dispense prescriptions safely, efficiently and effectively in hospital practice settings. Students practice the technical aspects of processing prescriptions including interpreting prescriptions, performing calculations, documentation, and verification. Principles of inventory management and best practices in pharmacy record keeping are integrated into the learning activities. Safety, dosage calculations, incompatibilities, sterile procedure, and quality assurance controls are emphasized.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semester 3 in the PTEC Program
                                      Credits
                                      3.00

                                      PTEC 224 Non-Sterile Compounding is a experiential lab course in which students learn the skills and best practices for compounding non-sterile products including ingredient calculations, measurements, and preparation techniques for creams, ointments, solutions, and suspensions. Students use compounding formulas and drug stability and drug compatibility reference materials in the preparation of products with an emphasis on accuracy and safety. Maintenance of compounding equipment and workspace utilization are integrated into the learning activities.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semester 3 in the PTEC Program
                                      Credits
                                      2.00
                                      Term 5

                                      PTEC 230 Community Practicum provides students with the opportunity to consolidate and apply the knowledge, skills and values attained from theory and lab courses. Students gain experience in all aspects of the pharmacy technician role in the community setting and are evaluated based on their ability to demonstrate professional competencies required for entry to practice.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semesters 1 - 4 in the PTEC Program
                                      Credits
                                      4.50

                                      PTEC 231 Institutional Practicum provides students with the opportunity to consolidate and apply the knowledge, skills and values attained from theory and lab courses. Students gain experience in all aspects of the pharmacy technician role in the institutional practice and are evaluated based on their ability to demonstrate professional competencies required for entry to practice.

                                      Prerequisites
                                      Successful completion of Semesters 1- 4 in the PTEC Program
                                      Credits
                                      4.5

                                      All amounts are estimates and are subject to change. Tuition amounts are based on a full-time course load. Please note that many programs have additional costs beyond those listed here. For more information, please visit Tuition & Fees.

                                      Effective Term:

                                      Fall

                                      Effective Year:

                                      20240801

                                      Advanced Standing:

                                      1. Application for advance or transfer credit must be made prior to entry into the program as per Policy 8614: Advanced Standing – Course Challenge, PLA, Transfer Credit and approval obtained from the Registrar.

                                      2. A student who applies for advanced standing from another Pharmacy Technician Program will be considered on an individual basis.

                                      3. A student who wishes to prove mastery of part or all of a course’s content must submit an application for Prior Learning Assessment (PLA). The School Chair in consultation with program instructors will determine whether PLA credit is assigned.

                                      .

                                      Re-Entry Instructions:

                                      1. Full time students who fail to successfully complete all courses in a given semester will be required to decrease to part time study. Normally, there is a waiting period of 12 months between offerings of the same course or semester.

                                      2. Re-entry to the Pharmacy Technician Program is permitted only when seats are available. Applications for re-entry must be received six months in advance of the semester the student wants to re-enter.

                                      3. Priority for re-entry will be given as follows:

                                      a) Students in good standing who interrupted their program for illness or other personal reasons.

                                      b) Students who failed to meet program requirements for promotion.

                                      c) Students transferring from another program

                                      4. Students must complete the entire program within 36 months of initial entry.

                                      5. Students who have been required to withdraw from the program due to unsatisfactory performance may be readmitted with the approval of the School Chair in consultation with the program instructors.

                                      .

                                      Assessment:

                                      a) Grading in theory and lab courses will be as per the Standard Pharmacy Technician Program Grading Table as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 – Grading.

                                      b) Grading in practicum courses will be as per the Competency Based Grades as defined in Selkirk College Policy 8612 – Grading.

                                      c) Students must achieve 86% or higher in the PTEC 122 Calculations midterm and final exams and all assignments to receive credit for the course.

                                      d) Following semester two, students must achieve 100% in all assessments with mathematical calculations; one re-write per quiz is allowed.

                                      .

                                      Grading Table:

                                      Other

                                      Types of Assessments:

                                      a) Students are evaluated and graded in each theory course as indicated in the respective course outlines. This may include, but not limited to, exams, quizzes, written papers, discussion forums, individual and group projects.

                                      b) Competency appraisals are used to assess competence in psychomotor skills in the lab.

                                      c) In the practicum course, assessment occurs on a continual basis. All activities in which students participate may be considered assessment. Preceptors provide verbal and written feedback to the student and instructor; instructors are responsible for final assessment and assignment of CRG/NCG in the course.

                                      Supplemental Assessment(s)

                                      a) Supplemental exams and assessments are offered at the discretion of the instructor in consultation with the Program Coordinator and School Chair.

                                      b) The maximum mark on a supplemental assessment cannot exceed 80% except for PTEC 122 requirements of 86%.

                                      c) In PTEC 122 Pharmacy Calculations, one re-write will be offered for the mid-term and final exams for students who do not achieve 86% or higher on the first attempt.

                                      d) Supplemental exams and assessments must be written within seven calendar days of the final examination date.

                                      Examinations for Distance / Online Programs - as per the Pharmacy Technology Program Proctoring Guidelines and Agreement Form.

                                      .

                                      Attendance:

                                      1. Attendance at all scheduled labs, practicums, and exams is mandatory.

                                      2. Online courses are delivered asynchronously with published start and end dates. Participation in online learning activities as outlined in the course completion guides is required.

                                      3. Absence from learning experiences may preclude the student being able to meet the learning outcomes for that course and in turn, progression to the next semester.

                                      4. Students missing more than 10% of a practice experience may be required to repeat the course or complete extra hours at an additional cost to the student.

                                      5. Students claiming illness or extenuating circumstances for absence from any learning experience must contact the associated instructor and / or the practice agency directly at least one hour prior to the scheduled start time.

                                      6. Students may be required to supply a doctor's certificate to substantiate claims of illness.

                                      .

                                      Assignments:

                                      1. Students are required to submit all written assignments on the date published in the course outline and communicated by the instructor.

                                      2. When a student is unable to meet with the published deadline for an assignment, she or he must notify the instructor prior to the published due date and request an extension.

                                      3. Extensions are granted at the discretion of the instructor in consultation with the individual student for extenuating circumstances. The student is expected to observe the negotiated due date. Further extension of the deadline without penalty may or may not be permitted by the instructor.

                                      .

                                      Professional Requirements:

                                      1. Students are required to maintain a current CPR Level C certificate while enrolled in the program; re-certification is required every two years.

                                      .

                                      Other Regulations:

                                      A. PROBATION (See Policy 8619 Student Probation and Policy 3400 Student Code of Conduct))

                                      1. Students may be placed on probation if they fail to adhere to the provincial Code of Ethics for Pharmacy Technicians and the Selkirk College Student Code of Conduct.

                                      2. Students will be limited to two probation periods while enrolled in the PTEC program. Subsequent unacceptable behaviours / practice will result in required withdrawal.

                                      B. REQUIRED WITHDRAWAL (See Policy 3400 Student Code of Conduct)

                                      1. Breaches to confidentiality are grounds for dismissal from the program.

                                      .

                                      R

                                      Reiki: Pets

                                      Reiki energy healing can greatly benefit any animal.  Similar to the human energy system, when an animal's chakra is blocked or has insufficient energy, then the system becomes unbalanced.  This can eventually result in behavioural and emotional issues or physical disease in the area connected to the chakra.  Reiki level 1 is a prerequisite for this course. 

                                      Meet the Instructors

                                      Audry Durham has been practicing the traditional Usui Reiki methods for the past thirty years. She received her Reiki Master certification in 1999. The practitioner qualifications have allowed her to certify practitioners in Level One, Level Two, Level Three, and the Reiki Masters.

                                      Visit our registration page for course locations, times and fees.

                                      Register Now

                                       

                                      S

                                      Social Service Worker - Human Services Diploma

                                      Program at a Glance
                                      Length
                                      1 year after successful completion of the first-year program
                                      Credential
                                      Diploma
                                      Delivery Method
                                      On Campus
                                      Campus
                                      Castlegar
                                      Intake Dates
                                      Fall
                                      Contacts
                                      Ellen Strelaeff
                                      Program Coordinator, Instructor
                                      Phone
                                      1 (250) 365-7292
                                      21439
                                      Direct
                                      1 (250) 365-1439
                                        Overview

                                        This is the second year of training in the Social Service Worker Program and prepares students for work in a variety of multi-disciplinary settings.

                                        Practicum experience in community agencies develops your working knowledge of partnerships, hands-on training in the dynamics of interpersonal relationships and employment opportunities within your client group.

                                        Program Outcomes

                                        Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to:

                                        1. Demonstrate professionalism in practice consistent with the code of ethics and standards of practice of their respective disciplines
                                        2. Use effective interpersonal skills, including active listening, collaboration, self-awareness and conflict resolution within multi-faceted roles and contexts
                                        3. Understand and respect cultural differences and multiple ways of knowing
                                        4. Practice from an ethic of inclusivity
                                        5. Establish and maintain wellness strategies to assure work/life balance both personally and professionally
                                        6. Engage in critical thinking, problem-solving and reflective practice
                                        • Completion of English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60% or higher
                                        • A minimum of 30 hours paid or voluntary work experience with appropriate groups
                                        • Applicants who have previously completed a related certificate and are returning for entry into the second year of a Human Services Diploma are required to provide evidence of completion of a certificate in ECCE, EACSW, SSW or equivalent within the last five years. Acceptance for those who graduated prior to five years will be based on evidence of work in the human service field and/or professional development.
                                        • Applicants with 30 university transfer credits related to human services work, work experience in a related field, and the personal suitability requirements of the certificate programs will be considered for entry into the second year of a Human Services diploma on an individual basis.
                                        Additional Requirements
                                        • An official copy of all secondary and post-secondary transcripts
                                        • Two completed Human Services reference forms
                                        • A 30-hour work experience form completed by a supervisor who has observed the applicant in a volunteer or paid work situation is required
                                        • Proof of a negative tuberculosis test or of a clear chest X-ray that is less than 6 months old for those who have been requested to have this from our community partners
                                        • A current criminal record check from the Ministry of Justice. Some types of criminal records may limit or prohibit acceptance in field placement; acceptance into field placement is a requirement for program promotion.
                                        • Current resumé
                                        • Personal statement of interest (250 words)
                                        • An orientation session is required and will be arranged by the program designate

                                        APPLICATION PROCESS

                                        1. CERTIFICATE, ADVANCED CERTIFICATE& DIPLOMA PROGRAMS

                                        Students applying to the diploma program immediately following completion of a Human Services Certificate Program, may request that the contents of their file be transferred.

                                        2. PART-TIME STUDIES IN HUMAN SERVICES PROGRAMS

                                        a) Acceptance to an individual course does not constitute admission to the program. All program admissions will be considered according to Part I, A: Admissions Requirements.

                                        b) The ECCE, EACSW, SSW Certificate programs and the Human Services Diploma program may be completed on a part-time basis depending on number of spaces available. Students choosing to complete a program on a part time basis must meet with a program coordinator, councillor and/or School Chair at the time of acceptance to plan a course of studies.

                                        c) Students who have been accepted for part time studies and are in good standing academically will normally be accepted upon re-application to the next term. Refer to Part II, Section B, Promotions re: academic requirements.

                                        Graduation and Promotion

                                        In order to receive your credential in your program, you must maintain a minimum GPA of 2.00.

                                        B. PROMOTION

                                        1. In order to progress to the next semester, the following requirements must be met.

                                        a) Completion of all courses in the semester with a minimum overall cumulative GPA of 2.00 and a grade of a “C” or better in all semester courses.

                                        b) Promotion to the second year of the Diploma program requires a cumulative GPA of 2.33 during the first year of studies or School Chair approval

                                        2. Promotion to practicum will be determined by the following criteria:

                                        a) A grade of "C" or better in all required courses as defined in Part II, C, Graduation Requirements.

                                        b) Some types of criminal records may limit or prohibit a student's acceptance in field placement agencies. Ability to be accepted into field placement is a requirement for admission and promotion.

                                        3. A student’s performance will be reviewed by program faculty when:

                                        a) Grades in one or more courses fall below a “C”.

                                        b) Unacceptable behaviour, inappropriate interpersonal skills, and/or patterns of absence are displayed (as outlined in program policies).

                                        c) On probation.

                                        4. Considerations for practicum placement:

                                        a) Practicum placements are normally completed within the College region.

                                        b) To avoid a conflict of interest, students are expected to inform instructors of agencies where family and/or personal connections exist.

                                        c) Practicum placements will be arranged by a program instructor.

                                        d) Agency staff will be informed if a student has refused to sign a waiver authorizing the College to share personal information about the student with agency staff.

                                        5. Students will not be placed in practicum based on the following:

                                        a) The student has not demonstrated readiness for practicum placement.

                                        b) Two agencies refuse to accept the student in practicum placement.

                                        c) The student lacks means of transportation.

                                        6. Practicum evaluation will be based on:

                                        a) A review of the student's performance in relation to stated course competencies.

                                        b) A joint review comprised of college instructor, agency supervisor and student.

                                        c) Completed practicum assignments.

                                        In order to graduate with Honors students must meet all program requirements with no grades less than a B- and a cumulative GPA of 3.5 or higher.

                                        Term 4

                                        HSER 254 Core Concepts in Human Services introduces students to the concepts of theory and practice in Human Services and the interrelationship between the two. A number of theoretical perspectives on change are explored from both a Child and Youth Care and Social Service Worker orientation, including multicultural, feminist, developmental and post modern perspectives. Each of the theoretical perspectives studied offer a basis for understanding the helping relationship and personal change processes. An emphasis will be placed on psychodynamic, humanist, cognitive/behavioural, systemic and solution-focused/narrative approaches to practice.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        HS Certificate or Instructor's permission.
                                        Credits
                                        3.00

                                        HSER 258 Fundamentals of Change I is designed to assist the student in developing self-awareness as a helper, and in developing both an understanding and a beginning level of skill. Students are required to participate in exercises, role plays, simulations and video taping of interviews and counselling sessions, in order to accomplish the course objectives.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        Human Services Certificate or Instructor's permission. ENGL 110 or enrolment in the Mental Health and Substance Use Advanced Certificate
                                        Credits
                                        3.00

                                        INDG 287 Introduction to Indigenous Teachings and Practices. This course will provide students with an introduction to Indigenous studies, including key concepts, themes and topics relevant to Indigenous histories and contemporary practices. The history and impact of colonialism, residential schools and oppression will be explored. We will explore Indigenous Worldview and ways in which we can respectfully participate in creating a future vision which embodies respect for cultural diversity and the health of our planet. Local wisdom keepers will be invited to share stories.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        ENGL 110 or equivalent, with a minimum of 60%
                                        Credits
                                        3.00

                                        PSYC 240 Child Development is an introduction to normal child development; this course explores selected aspects of the physical, cognitive, emotional, and moral development of children from birth to middle childhood; and examines the major theories of child development.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        PSYC 100 or equivalent
                                        Credits
                                        3.00
                                        Term 5

                                        HSER 255 Professional Foundations for Human Services explores foundations of Human Service Worker professional practice through an examination of the issues surrounding professional identity, ethical practice, and the interdisciplinary team approach. The skills required for communicating as a professional and as a team member, both oral and written, are developed throughout the course.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        HS Certificate or Instructor's permission.
                                        Credits
                                        3.00

                                        HSER 259 Fundamentals of Change II is designed to assist students to build advanced helping skills on the base developed in HSER 258. Students will learn to use their helping relationships and interpersonal communication skills within the framework of the helping process model. Students are required to demonstrate their skill development on video tape, as well as demonstrate analytical skills which will require both self-awareness and knowledge of the helping model. The focus is on the skills required to carry out action planning, support of action and evaluation of outcomes in helping interventions.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        HS Certificate or Instructor's permission.
                                        Credits
                                        3.00

                                        HSER 281 Directed Studies Methods is a self directed course where students are expected to demonstrate a basic understanding of the specific theoretical approaches to working with a specific client population. Further, students are expected to demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the specific concerns and issues related to this distinctive group, and demonstrate an understanding of the specific approaches and skills used with this group. Learning strategies include library research, exploration of relevant journals, interviewing practitioners and other individual's small group discussions with the instructor and presentation of results. Typical focus areas may include, but are not limited to, people with specific disabilities, people dealing with substance use/addictions, people who experience violence, community-based advocacy, people who perpetrate violence, people with mental illnesses, people with co-occurring disorders, family preservation and support, individual counselling, geriatrics, preparing people for employment, specific ethnic populations, multicultural work, children and adolescents and First Nations work.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        English Studies 12 or equivalent.
                                        Credits
                                        3.00

                                        PSYC 241 Adult Development is an introduction to teenage and adult development. This course explores selected aspects of the physical, cognitive, emotional, and moral development from adolescence thru late adulthood.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        PSYC 100 or equivalent
                                        Credits
                                        3.00
                                        Term 6

                                        HSER 280 Advanced Human Service Practicum. A second level or advanced practicum for individuals who have completed a previous block practicum or have demonstrated those skills through a PLA. After an orientation to the agency, students are expected to provide direct services, assuming full responsibility with appropriate supervision, to specified clients, or client groups. Students will develop competence in providing a specific service and in participating as a team member in the agency. The practicum is normally 250 hours.

                                        Prerequisites
                                        All required diploma courses
                                        Credits
                                        5.00

                                        Effective Term:

                                        Fall

                                        Effective Year:

                                        20240801

                                        Advanced Standing:

                                        ADVANCE OR TRANSFER CREDIT

                                        a) Transfer credit will be given for university transfer courses equivalent to Selkirk College courses, providing a grade of "C" or better was achieved.

                                        b) Applications for transfer credit from other ECCE, SSW or EACSW programs will be reviewed with provincial articulation agreements and considered on an individual basis; applicants may be required to provide detailed course outlines.

                                        2. PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA)

                                        a) Advance credit in core program courses (i.e., SSW, ECCE, EACSW and HSER) may be granted by the School Chair or designate after evaluation of the applicant’s mastery of course objectives. See program specific guidelines for PLA.

                                        b) Credit for Final Practicum will not be awarded through PLA in Human Services programs.

                                        .

                                        Re-Entry Instructions:

                                        1. An application is required for enrolment in program courses in subsequent years.

                                        2. Normally, students who must interrupt their program may apply for re-admission, within one year of departure, on the basis of the following priorities:

                                        a) Students in good standing who interrupted their program for illness or other personal reasons.

                                        b) Students who failed to meet program requirements for promotion.

                                        c) Students transferring from another program within BC.

                                        3. Students who fail to complete a semester successfully may apply to re-enter and repeat the incomplete semester when it is next offered. (Normally, there is a period of 12 months between offerings of a course or semester.)

                                        4. Normally, a student returning in one year or less will retain full credit for all courses previously completed. After more than one year's absence, students may be required to update or repeat courses previously completed. A grade of "C" or credit granted in each repeated course is required for re-entry.

                                        5. Students who withdraw for medical or psychological reasons will provide evidence to the School Chair from a licensed practitioner regarding the suitability of his/her return to the program.

                                        6. Students must complete the program in its entirety within 60 calendar months from the time of initial entry into the program.

                                        7. Students who have successfully completed their Selkirk College Human Services certificate within the previous year are considered to be a re-entry student.

                                        8. Re-entry full-time students who have successfully completed their previous year are given priority over part time students.

                                        .

                                        Grading Table:

                                        Other

                                        Types of Assessments:

                                        Assignments

                                        (i) A minimum of three evaluative events will occur as specified in course outlines.

                                        (ii) Students are evaluated and graded in each subject or course topic as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                        (iii) Assignments are due on the date stated on course or assignment outlines. A student may request one extension per course. The request must be made in writing no less than 24 hours before the due date. If the instructor grants permission for the extension the revised due date will be determined by the instructor.

                                        (iv) Under extenuating circumstances further requests for extensions may be granted only after the student has participated in a mandatory consultation with the Department Head of Student Access and Support or designate and has presented the instructor with a written plan outlining how they intend to complete their work in a timely manner.

                                        (v) A penalty of 10% per day will be assessed against late assignments. All assignments must be handed in by the last day of classes in order to achieve a passing grade and advance to the practicum.

                                        (vi) All course assignments must be completed to achieve a passing grade.

                                        (vii) All assignments must be typed.

                                        (viii) Students may, at the discretion of the instructor, rewrite a maximum of one assignment per course. Rewrites must be submitted for marking within 14 calendar days of the return of the original assignment to the student. Rewritten assignments will receive a maximum grade of 75%.

                                        (ix) Students are expected to write tests on the designated dates. If, for legitimate absences, the student misses a test, he/she must write the test as soon as possible with the permission of the instructor.

                                        Examinations

                                        (i) Exams, labs, projects, assignments, and other evaluative activities are weighted and averaged as indicated in the respective course outline.

                                        (ii) No single evaluative event shall be worth more than 50% of the final grade.

                                        (iii) For courses involving practicum placements (ECCE 195, 286, 292, 294; SSW 163, 168; EASC 195, 196; HSER 270, 280) evaluation occurs on a continuous basis and graded CRG or NCG as per the Competency Based Selkirk Grading Table in Selkirk College Policy 8612 Grading. All practicum activities may be considered evaluative events. Informal verbal and/or written feedback is regularly provided by the instructor and practicum supervisors. Depending on the length of the course there may be one or more performance appraisals or evaluations.

                                        .

                                        Attendance:

                                        1. Students absent for 20% or more in a given course may be placed on behavioural probation. If a student arrives more than 10 minutes late or leaves more than 10 minutes early, they may be recorded as absent.

                                        2. Students absent from any courses are responsible for the work they have missed and must make up assignments as required.

                                        3. Students are responsible to inform the instructor in advance of any absences.

                                        4. Students participating in on-line classes are expected to access and read all materials posted on their course site. If any aspect of the course has not been opened and/or participated in the student will be considered absent for that class.

                                        .

                                        Professional Requirements:

                                        1. Codes of Ethics and Competencies

                                        Students are expected to know, understand and abide by the applicable Codes of Ethics:

                                        a) Child and Youth Care Worker;

                                        b) Social Service Worker;

                                        c) Early Childhood Educator.

                                        d) Education Assistant & Community Support Worker.

                                        2. Guidelines for Professional Conduct

                                        In addition students are expected to consistently demonstrate professional conduct based on the following guidelines:

                                        e) exercise personal discipline, accountability and judgement,

                                        f) accept personal responsibility for continued competency and learning,

                                        g) assist and serve the public, client or patient and place them before oneself,

                                        h) recognize the dignity and worth of all persons in any level of society,

                                        i) assist others in learning,

                                        j) recognize one’s own limitations and areas for development, and

                                        k) maintain confidentiality of information appropriate to the purpose and trust given when that information is acquired.

                                        Professional Conduct will be measured by: one’s professional abilities, personal integrity, and the attitude one demonstrates in relationship with others.

                                        3. Students who violate these professional standards may be required to withdraw from their Program.

                                        4. Students may be required to withdraw when ethical, medical or other reasons interfere with the satisfactory completion of their Program.

                                        .

                                        Other Regulations:

                                        RESPONSIBILITIES IN FIELD PRACTICUM PLACEMENTS

                                        1. The selection of practicum placements is the responsibility of the program faculty. Students will not actively seek practicum sites.

                                        2. Students will not provide transportation for clients while on practicum.

                                        3. Students will not administer medications to clients while on practicum.

                                        4. Students without supervision of agency staff will not be responsible for clients when off agency premises unless college instructor approval is given prior to the event. ECCE students, without supervision of agency staff will not be responsible under any circumstance for children off agency premises.

                                        .

                                        T

                                        U

                                        University Arts and Sciences Courses by Discipline

                                        Program at a Glance
                                        Length
                                        2 years for most UAS programs
                                        Campus
                                        All Campuses
                                        Intake Dates
                                        Fall
                                        Winter
                                        Spring
                                          Overview

                                          Browse all the disciplines and courses offered by the School of University Arts and Sciences. Depending on your program, you may need to take one or more of these courses as a required or elective course.

                                          Areas of Study

                                          For support with course selection, please contact a Selkirk College counsellor or your school chair. Explore options to take these courses as part of an associate degree or liberal arts diploma, as electives or through Open Studies.

                                          Humanities

                                          Creative Writing

                                          Creativity is a buzz word for a reason—the ability to inspire through well-crafted narrative is at the centre of our culture. Whether your aspirations are to write books, articles, film scripts, video games, web content or advertising pitches, there needs to be power behind your words. Our instructors can help you find that power through writing craft.

                                          English

                                          English literature refers to written works in the English language, including novels, short stories, poetry and plays, created by authors not just from England, but also from various cultures and time periods. Studying English literature enriches one's understanding of diverse perspectives, cultures and human experiences, fostering critical thinking and communication skills, essential for personal growth and success in various careers.

                                          English composition refers to the art of expressing thoughts and ideas in written form using the English language. It involves organizing and structuring information coherently to communicate effectively. Studying English composition enhances communication skills, fosters clear and persuasive writing, and prepares students for academic and professional success in various fields that require strong written communication and research abilities.

                                          French

                                          Learning to understand and speak more than one language is considered an important part of a broad liberal arts and sciences education.  Many universities encourage or require proficiency in a foreign language for students seeking degrees.  Speaking another language can open the door to a myriad of possibilities here and abroad.

                                          History

                                          Indigenous Languages

                                          Indigenous Studies

                                          Law and Justice Studies

                                          The Law and Justice Studies courses prepare students for further legal education or a career in law enforcement. Students can take a range of courses emphasizing conflict resolution, critical thinking and legal problem-solving, and are exposed to a variety of guest lecturers who provide first-hand accounts of working with law in a rural context.

                                          Peace and Justice Studies

                                          Philosophy

                                          Philosophy can make a difference in people’s lives. Critical thinking pushes us to reflect on our background assumptions, and it helps us to sharpen the analytic tools we use in many areas of life. Moreover, a hike through the history of philosophy can illuminate ideas and values that underlie our cultural traditions and social practices. Studying philosophy can prepare us to make and defend careful judgements about our lives, our society and our world. In short, as Plato might put it, philosophy can help us to live "the examined life."

                                          Spanish

                                          Learning to understand and speak more than one language is considered an important part of a broad liberal arts and sciences education.  Many universities encourage or require proficiency in a foreign language for students seeking degrees.  Speaking another language can open the door to a myriad of possibilities here and abroad.


                                          Social Sciences

                                          Anthropology

                                          Anthropologists study humans and non-human primates. Anthropology is both a science and a social science, depending on the area of focus. Anthropologists study all peoples (and primates), in all places, throughout time. The difference between anthropology and other disciplines is the way anthropologists approach their studies: comparatively and holistically. At Selkirk College, the focus is more on the social science side of the discipline.

                                          Economics

                                          Economics is the study of the allocation of scarce resources (including our time, our energy, our built capital and our natural resources). Economics examines ways to get the most benefit out of our resources. If you are interested in a structured system of thought that allows for rational, well-thought our decision-making, economics will interest you.

                                          Geography

                                          People who are curious about the world around them and who enjoy being outdoors are natural geographers. Geography students study the spatial relationships between natural and built environments and culture. Studying geography is a hands-on experience, and the learning is applicable to everyday life whether is observing how landscapes are changing or seeking to understanding cultural differences. 

                                          Psychology

                                          Psychology studies behaviour, emotion, motivation and how our minds think. Because the field is so fascinating, psychology courses are the most popular ones across North America. The practical and theoretical science of psychology is directly applicable to careers in marketing, economics, education, environmental protection and health care.  

                                          Sociology

                                          Sociology is the analysis of human social relationships, cultures and institutions that profoundly shape both our lives and human history. Sociology helps us make sense of the rapidly changing world in which we live.

                                          Women's Studies

                                          These courses provide a unique perspective on the world and your place in it. You will have the opportunity to explore categories such as gender, class, race and sexual orientation and how these interact with the world around you.


                                          Sciences

                                          Biochemistry

                                          Biochemistry is the study of the chemical processes that occur within living organisms. Understanding the molecular-level interactions gives us insight into how biological systems work and how we can influence them. Biochemists play vital roles in drug development, agriculture, medical research and biotechnology. 

                                          Biology

                                          Biology is the study of life.  The cell is the fundamental unit of life and has unique chemistry, anatomy and behaviour as it interacts with its environment. In aggregate, cells form populations and communities that are part of environments, from the air, the oceans, soils and even 5 to 10 kilometres below the surface of the earth.

                                          Chemistry

                                           Chemistry is the study of matter. What isn't chemistry? An understanding of matter at the atomic level allows us to understand the properties of materials on a larger scale. Chemists work not only in research labs but also in food, pharmacology, toxicology and more. Training in chemistry is essential for medical professionals, engineers and environmental scientists. Chemistry truly is the "central science."

                                          Computer Sciences

                                          Geology

                                          Geology uses science to investigate the materials that form our planet and the processes that act to change it over time. Geology is a synthesis of many scientific disciplines and seeks to explain the nature and evolution of our planet. Our planet is an intricate, interconnected web of earth, water, air and life that is always changing. Currently, this state of flux is accelerating and to know where we are headed, we have to understand the Earth’s past. Geology tells this story. 

                                          Geoscience pathways

                                          Interested in becoming a geoscientist?

                                          Understanding Earth's processes is the first step toward protecting our planet and adapting to a changing climate. Begin your studies at Selkirk College and continue on to complete a geoscience degree.
                                           

                                          • Selkirk College, Geographic Information System – bachelor's degree

                                          • Simon Fraser University, Earth Sciences Major

                                          • University of British Columbia, Geology Major

                                          • University of British Columbia Okanagan, Earth and Environmental Sciences Major

                                          • University of Victoria, Earth Science Major


                                          Mathematics

                                          Mathematics lets us model and analyze the world in a quantitative and rigorous way. University degree programs often use math courses to help students develop skills in analysis and inquiry. Math is also a study of patterns and beauty, with connections to art, music and poetry. If you are a creative problem-solver and appreciate an intellectual challenge, then there are math courses you will enjoy.

                                          Physics

                                          Statistics

                                          In a world of big data, statistics gives us the tools to see patterns that would escape us otherwise, to summarize large data sets and to prove or disprove hypotheses using data-driven arguments. In today's age, a good foundational knowledge of statistics is vital to research of any kind and will allow us to think critically about howe data can be used and manipulated.


                                          Applied Sciences

                                          Engineering

                                          Engineering drives the modern world and permeates all aspects of our lives, from the electricity grid to agriculture and transportation. As an engineering student, you will learn about how mathematics, science and design are used to ethically solve everyday problems while preserving the safety of the public and environment.

                                          Program Outcomes
                                          In addition to meeting the general admission requirements to Selkirk College, applicants to the University Arts and Sciences programs must meet the requirements of their specific program to be considered fully qualified.
                                          Additional Requirements
                                          • Students whose first language is not English must fulfill Selkirk College’s English language proficiency requirement. See Policy 8611: Admissions.
                                          • Mature students must meet the English 12 requirement.
                                          • If you are a student who lacks the admission requirements, you may still gain entry to the program by taking a combination of Academic Upgrading and university courses in your first year. This may extend the length of your program.
                                          Humanities
                                          Creative Writing

                                          CWRT 100 Introduction to Creative Writing I.  This course offers an introduction to composition and experimentation in the genres of poetry and creative non-fiction. Students will develop a working knowledge of modern aesthetics in poetry and creative nonfiction, as well as an objective appreciation of their own ''voice'' in the context of those aesthetics.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CWRT 101 Introduction to Creative Writing II.  This course offers an introduction to composition and experimentation in the genres of fiction and drama. Students will develop a working knowledge of modern aesthetics in fiction and drama, as well as an objective appreciation of their own ''voice'' in the context of those aesthetics.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CWRT 200 Manuscript Development I. The emphasis of this second year creative writing course will be on portfolio development and preparation of manuscripts for publication. Students will submit their own imaginative writing for workshop in any of the four genres – poetry, drama, fiction, or non-fiction. Students will also begin to develop professional practices through self-directed projects. Lectures will mirror the assigned readings and serve to initiate theoretical discussions on form, theory, and craft.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Two semesters of first-year University English or Creative Writing with a minimum of 60%.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CWRT 201 Manuscript Development II. The emphasis of this second year creative writing course will be on portfolio development and preparation of manuscripts for publication. Students will submit for workshop their own imaginative writing in any of the four genres being taught – poetry, drama, fiction, and non-fiction. Allowances for other genres will be made with the permission of the instructor. Lectures, both face to face and online, will mirror the assigned readings and serve to initiate theoretical discussions on form and theory, and principles and elements of craft.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Two semesters of first-year University English or Creative Writing with a minimum of 60%.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          English

                                          ENGL 110 introduces students to the world of scholarly writing -- reading it, thinking about it, and producing it as academic researchers. Students will explore how professional and/or academic writers across disciplines communicate to a variety of audiences. Students will practice active reading, writing and critical thinking skills by conducting scholarly research on a topic. This course aims to equip students with the skills and knowledge they need to write effectively within academic contexts.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 111 Introduction to Literature is about living more intensely. Rather than providing answers, literature prompts us to ask better questions of ourselves and each other. Drama, poetry, short stories, and novels will guide us in discussion, reflection, and writing about literature.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English 110, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 200 A Survey of English Literature I. ''In spring folk long to go on pilgrimage'' so begins Geoffrey Chaucerï's 14th century masterpiece of the English tradition, The Canterbury Tales. In English 200, we will set out on a pilgrimage which honours the living beauty of the English language and its greatest writers such as Spenser, Shakespeare and Donne, ending in the 17th century with Milton.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 111, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 201 A Survey of English Literature II. From the calm reason of the Enlightenment to the passion of the Romantics, we still live out the questions first asked by the brilliant writers of 18th and 19th Centuries. In the company of such authors as Pope, Swift, Wollstonecraft, Keats, Wordsworth, and Austen, we continue our pilgrimage into culture, belief, and literary achievement begun in the previous semester with English 200.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 200 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 202 Canadian Literature I: Indigenous Voices. From the earliest narratives, Euro Canadian writing has framed our understanding of Indigenous peoples. We will examine the works of Indigenous writers from across Canada. Reading and discussion will give us an opportunity to understand First People's literature, including the response to colonialism, and to experience the vitality of First People's cultures, imaginations, and ways of knowing.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Note: Pre-requisites may be waived with the permission of the Instructor.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 203 Canadian Literature II: Contemporary Voices. In our multicultural society and globalized world, what is so Canadian about Canadian literature? In this course we trace the emergence of Canadian literature on the world stage and how such writers frame connections between literature, nation, identity and culture.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%, or written permission of the Instructor and School Chair.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 204 Children's Literature I - From Rags to Riches and Worlds of Magic. From folktales and urban legends to traditional and literary fairy tales, particularly the collections of Charles Perrault and the Brothers Grimm as well as Hans Christian Andersen and others, this course explores the roots of children's literature, including modern fantasy, such as J.K. Rowling's Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone, J.M. Barrie's Peter Pan, Kenneth Graeme's The Wind in the Willows, and Charles Dickens' A Christmas Carol.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Note: Pre-requisites may be waived with the permission of the Instructor.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 205 Children's Literature II: From Hell to Heaven and Everything in Between. From medieval to modern times, this course traces the development of literature enjoyed by and written for children. Early works include the ''Hell-fire'' tales of the Puritans to the Golden Age stories of the nineteenth century. We explore landmark novels such as Louisa May Alcott's Little Women, Robert Louis Stevenson's Treasure Island, and Lucy Maud Montgomery's Anne of Green Gables. We'll also examine the social issues and controversies provoked by poetry, picture books, and prose.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 110 or ENGL 111 or ENGL 112 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ENGL 209 Introduction to Comics and Graphic Novels introduces students to the genre of comics and the graphic novel. Students will consider the history of the genre and explore how comics and graphic novels reflect and represent diverse social, political, and popular cultures. Students will learn how to write about graphic narratives and will have the opportunity to experiment with the form through hands-on activities.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 110 and ENGL 111 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%, or written permission of the School Chair.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          French

                                          FREN 102 Beginner's French I is an introductory language course designed for the absolute beginner with little or no knowledge of French. The focus of this course is to help students become functionally proficient in the French language through the development of the basic communication skills of speaking, listening, reading, and writing, as well as the study of vocabulary, grammar, and culture.

                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          FREN 103 Beginner's French II is designed to develop the communication skills learned by students in French 102. Students will further their knowledge of the French language and awareness of French-speaking cultures. The focus of this course is to help students become functionally proficient in the French language through the development of the basic communication skills of speaking, listening, reading, and writing, as well as the study of vocabulary, grammar, and culture.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          FREN 102 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Note: This pre-requisite may be waived with the permission of the Instructor.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          History

                                          HIST 100 World History, 1900-1945 introduces students to key issues and events in the first half of the twentieth century. The course will ground students’ understanding of those decades as ones of profound change and contestation, the oftentimes global dimensions of which were expressed through multiple imperial, national, local, regional, and indigenous contexts. Topics typically addressed in the course include the evolution of empires and nations; processes of colonization and decolonization; the First and Second World Wars; Capitalism, Communism, and Fascism as competing political and economic ideologies; democratic and authoritarian systems of governance; political revolutions; developments in the arts and sciences; technological change; human interactions with the environment; tensions and developments in areas of human rights, indigenous, racialized, ethnic, and gender identities; and efforts toward the establishment of international networks and institutions. Upon the course’s conclusion, students will be able to identify and understand the significance of key issues and events from this period and to consider their role in shaping the world in the decades that followed.

                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 101 World History, 1945-Present introduces students to key issues and events that have unfolded since the end of the Second World War. The course will develop student's understanding of the period as one of ongoing change and contestation at global, national, regional, and local levels, the ramifications of which continue to impact us today. Topics typically addressed in the course include efforts toward the establishment of a postwar international order, including the United Nations; the Cold War; colonization, decolonization and the changing imperial and national political landscape; the evolution of political and economic systems and ideologies including Communism, Capitalism, Democracy, and Authoritarianism; globalization; developments in the arts and sciences; technological change; social movements; tensions and developments in areas of human rights, indigenous, racialized, ethnic, and gender identities; and human interactions with the environment. Upon the course’s conclusion, students will be able to identify and explain the significance of key issues and events from this period and to consider their ongoing influence.

                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 104 Canada Before Confederation. A survey of Canadian history from the pre-contact societies of the First Nations to the creation of Canadian Federation in 1867. European expansion and settlement in northern North America, relations between Europeans and First Nations, and the development of the colonial societies that formed Canada are examined. Emphasis is placed on fostering student interest in history by examining the historical experiences of a diversity of Canadians.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 105 Contemporary Canada is a survey of modern Canada from confederation to the end of the second millennium. The post-1867 consolidation of a transcontinental Canada, the marginalization of aboriginal peoples, and the rapid transformation of Canadian society by immigration, industrialization, urbanization, the two world wars, and the Great Depression are examined. The effects of broad economic and social change on party politics, relations between French and English Canada, and the attitudes, values, and living and working patterns of Canadians are also explored. Emphasis is placed on fostering student interest in history by examining the historical experiences of a diversity of Canadians.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 106 Western Civilization I introduces students to some of the major themes in the history of Western Society from the Neolithic to the early modern European worlds. Human experience and relations in ancient Mesopotamia, Egypt, and Greece, the expansion the of the Hellenistic empire of Alexander the Great, the rise of the Roman Empire, the making of early European society, and the origins and spread of the Renaissance and Reformation are examined. By the conclusion of the course, students will be able to view the development of ''the West'' from an historical perspective.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 107 Western Civilization II introduces students to major themes and problems in Western society from the rise of absolutism in the early 18th century to the aftermath of World War Two. As part of this, students will gain an understanding of the origins and impact of the French and Industrial revolutions, the rise of the nation state in the 19th century, and the origins and effects of World War One including the Russian Revolution, the Great Depression, and the rise of authoritarian regimes in the 1930s. By the conclusion of the course, students will be able to view World War Two from an historical perspective.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 203 A History of British Columbia is designed to introduce students to the history of British Columbia from the pre-contact societies of the native peoples to the present. Relations between Europeans and First Nations, the development of the European resource and settlement frontiers, and the eventual transformation of British Columbia's society and economy as a result of industrialization, immigration, and urbanization are examined within a broader Canadian and North American context. Emphasis is placed on fostering student interest in the history of British Columbia by examining the historical experiences of a diversity of peoples.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 210 A History of the First Nations of Canada examines the history of the First Nations of Canada from the pre-contact period to the present. The changes and continuities within the societies and economies of the First Nations as a result of European contact, trade, warfare, and settlement are examined within a broader hemispheric context. The course gives particular emphasis to the historical roots of contemporary First nations' issues in Canada and the contributions that aboriginal people have made to the development of Canada and to their own distinct societies.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 215 A History of the West Kootenay is designed to introduce students to the history of the West Kootenay from the pre-contact societies of the native peoples to the present. Relations between Europeans and First Nations, the development of the resource and agricultural frontiers, work and settlement patterns, and 20th and 21st century social and economic change are also examined within the broader Canadian and North American context. Emphasis is placed on fostering student interest in the history of the West Kootenay by examining the historical experiences of a diversity of people who have lived in the region.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          History 220 Latin America: Pre-1821 surveys the Spanish and Portuguese Empires America from their 15th century beginnings in the conquest of aboriginal empires and peoples to their break-up in the early 19th century by independence movements of Creoles. Major themes examined include the pre-contact native societies and empires, the establishment and administration of Spanish and Portuguese overseas empires, the economies and societies of the colonies, the impact and influence of the Church, European power struggles for control of Latin America, and the origins and emergence of American independence movements.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          HIST 221 Latin America: Post-1821 a survey of Latin American history from independence to the present. Major themes examined include post-colonial efforts to develop and modernize new nation-states, the development and impact of neocolonialism, the rise, impact and responses to both nationalist and revolutionary movements in the 20th century, and the impact of the United States foreign policy on Latin America and its peoples.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Indigenous Languages

                                          NSLX 101 Beginners n̓səl̓xčin  1 is designed to encourage students to develop the following communication skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Students will also be introduced to some aspects of the Sinixt culture.

                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          NSLX 102 Beginners n̓səl̓xčin  2 is designed to help students to continue to develop Salish communication skills including: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Students will also be introduced to some aspects of Sinixt culture.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          NSLX 101
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Indigenous Studies

                                          INDG 100 Regional Perspectives on Language and Cultures. Staff, students and community members are encouraged to take this introductory course so that they may experience the voices, cultures, histories, values, beliefs, oral traditions, literature, and art of Lakes-Sinixt, Okanagan-Syilx, Ktunaxa and Metis peoples. In light of the national Truth and Reconciliation Commission and the College's signature on the Canadian Institutes and Colleges Indigenous Education Protocol, it is important that residents, employees and students consider indigenous worldviews in their studies, work, and lives. Introductions to important historical, cultural, social and political realities that have and continue to impact the lives of Indigenous peoples should help course participants better navigate intercultural relations and inclusivity at school, work and home.

                                          Credits
                                          3

                                          INDG 101 Indigenous People's Relationships: Once You've Heard the Story. Students are introduced to how colonial policies and legislation has and continues to impact relationships between Indigenous Peoples (First Nations, Metis, Inuit), settlers and the Canadian and Provincial governments, and the broader western world view. The oral system of historical documentation, Indigenous stories, testimonies, and other evidence are critically examined. Students will explore and analyze how Indigenous resilience and resurgence is building self-determination and supporting reconciliation. Students will build awareness and insight into Indigenous worldview, teachings, protocols, and methodologies. Circle pedagogy and oral presentation are key components. This is an interactive relational course that requires committed respectful class community engagement with the composition of a commitment statement. This course is foundational to INDG100 and certain topics will be explored further in other programs.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          A 65% or better in English at the grade 12 level
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          INDG 102 Walk the Talk: Indigenous Worldview Applications. Students will build awareness and insight into Indigenous worldview, teachings, protocols, and methodologies through experiential learning and application. Indigenous ways of learning such as circle pedagogy, oral presentation, research, and various Indigenous methodologies make this an interactive relational course. Students are required to conduct themselves respectfully with elders and cultural ambassadors. This course expands on Indigenous worldviews identified in INDG100 and INDG101.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          INDG 101
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          INDG 202 Canadian Literature I: Indigenous Voices. From the earliest narratives, Euro Canadian writing has framed our understanding of Indigenous peoples. We will examine the works of Indigenous writers from across Canada. Reading and discussion will give us an opportunity to understand First People's literature, including the response to colonialism, and to experience the vitality of First People's cultures, imaginations, and ways of knowing.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 111 or ENGL 114, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3

                                          INDG 287 Introduction to Indigenous Teachings and Practices. This course will provide students with an introduction to Indigenous studies, including key concepts, themes and topics relevant to Indigenous histories and contemporary practices. The history and impact of colonialism, residential schools and oppression will be explored. We will explore Indigenous Worldview and ways in which we can respectfully participate in creating a future vision which embodies respect for cultural diversity and the health of our planet. Local wisdom keepers will be invited to share stories.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGL 110 or equivalent, with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          INDG 302 Indigenous Health and Healing introduces students to the topic of Aboriginal health and healing from the time prior to first contact with European newcomers through to the present. We will also focus on cultural awareness and critical thinking on current Aboriginal health and healing issues. Aboriginal health and healing will be explored from within a variety of Aboriginal perspectives that are inclusive of the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual aspects of health and well-being. Skill-based training in cultural safety and anti-racism based on the recommendations and information provided by the Truth and Reconciliation Commission results and the 'calls to action' will be emphasized. Aboriginal worldviews and 'ways of knowing' will be embedded in the course delivery as well as course content.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Third year standing in Advanced Diploma in Rural Pre-Medicine (ADRPM), or Third year standing in Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN).
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Law and Justice Studies

                                          LAW 120 Rural Legal Issues I is a one-credit course designed to introduce learners to the legal profession. Information will be provided on pathways into the legal profession and the career potentials in the legal field. Students will also learn about the Canadian legal system and law in general.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Acceptance into the Law and Justice Studies Program.
                                          Credits
                                          1.00

                                          LAW 121 Rural Legal Issues II is a one-credit course which will build upon the knowledge gained in LAW 120. In particular, the course will focus on the unique challenges facing legal professionals in a rural area, including the need to have a broad understanding of a variety of legal issues and the challenges surrounding equal access to justice in rural areas.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          LAW 120
                                          Credits
                                          1.00

                                          LAW 122 Rural Legal Issues III is a one-credit course which builds on the knowledge gained in LAW 120 and 121 with an emphasis on professionalism and both oral and written communication. Learners will complete a major legal research and writing project in this course as well as an oral presentation.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          LAW 121
                                          Credits
                                          1.00
                                          Peace and Conflict Studies

                                          PACS (PEAC) 100 Introduction to Peace Studies I offers an introduction to the foundational concepts of peace studies: peace, conflict, violence and non-violence. Students will gain an understanding and engage in critical analysis of historical and current nonviolence movements for social change with the goal of equipping them to help build cultures of peace.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PACS (PEAC) 101 Peace Studies II is the second of two introductory core courses in Peace Studies at Selkirk College. This course will focus on traditional and non-traditional approaches to Conflict Resolution transformation. Students will be introduced to conflict theory and conflict analysis, as well as conflict transformation strategies ranging from general principles and key concepts in arbitration, negotiation non-violent action, mediation, reconciliation and forgiveness, and alternative dispute resolution including, non-violent communication, peacemaking circles, conflict transformation, and conflict free conflict resolution. Students will practice identifying, analyzing, role playing, mapping, and peacefully resolving or transforming conflicts that range from the interpersonal to the international.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. PEAC 100 is recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PACS (PEAC) 201 From Water to Chocolate: Environment, Conflict and Justice is an examination of selected global political-ecological issues, including conflict minerals, child slavery, climate change, and water wars; as well as the power and potential of various pathways to peace, including nonviolent direct action, Indigenous solidarity, fair trade, international accompaniment, ecological restoration, and environmental peace-building.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Second-year standing. PACS (PEAC) 100 is recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PACS (PEAC) 202 Leadership for Peace: The Individual and Social Transformation begins with the understanding that leadership for peace is, at its foundations, leadership for human rights and social justice; and with the further insight that social transformation is always joined with inner transformation, to the individual who ''can change the world''. PACS (PEAC) 202 examines leadership and peace in relation to issues of authority, power, legitimacy, and the will to truth, reconciliation, compassion, and healing. A significant part of this course is a service learning assignment to be determined by the student in conjunction with faculty.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with minimum of 60%. Successful completion of, or concurrent study in PACS (PEAC) 100 or PACS (PEAC) 101 strongly recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PACS (PEAC) 203 Introduction to Restorative Justice: Theory and Practice explores the theory and practice of restorative justice. Themes include retribution, punishment and deterrence; Indigenous approaches to justice; trauma and healing; shame and empathy; community, belonging, forgiveness, and reconciliation. Students will gain familiarity with the process models of victim-offender mediation, family-group conferencing, and peacemaking circles; and will learn how restorative practices are being used in our schools.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. PACS (PEAC) 100 and PACS (PEAC) 101 are recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PACS (PEAC) 205 Global Perspectives in Peace: An independent Studies Course provides an opportunity for students to learn about peace, justice and related topics from a practical, local to global, and/or cross-cultural perspective through self-initiated travel abroad or self-initiated contact with a peace related NGO. For example, as part of this course, students may participate in one of two international peace institutes (Mindanao Peace Building Institute in the Philippines and African Peace Building Institute in Zambia) with which Selkirk College has a partnership. Alternatively, students may design their own independent international peace and justice learning experience, with support, as needed, from the instructor.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PACS (PEAC) 100 or PACS (PEAC) 101. PACS (PEAC) 201 is recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Philosophy

                                          PHIL 100 Introductory Philosophy I focuses on reality and its relationship with human consciousness. In this course we explore questions about truth, objectivity and subjectivity, the existence of God, and the nature and limits of human knowledge.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PHIL 101 Introductory Philosophy II focuses on the nature of human reality. We explore metaphysical issues such as self-identity, free will, and the relationship between the mind and body. We examine questions about taste in aesthetic judgment, and we discuss issues in ethical theory including relativism, subjectivism, and egoism. We end the course by looking at theories and problems of justice.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PHIL 120 Introduction to Logic and Critical Thinking is designed to improve students' ability to reason well. Students will study the nature, structure, and purpose of valid arguments, identify common fallacies and mistakes, and determine when to use various forms of reasoning (e.g., deductive, inductive, and abductive). Students will sharpen their understanding of these concepts by analyzing and assessing arguments in the courts, news, and other contemporary media.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PHIL 210 Biomedical Ethics explores ethical moral questions that arise in the context of healthcare. Students will engage with these questions by learning ethical theory and by studying challenging cases. They will outline the relevant features of real life examples, weigh moral considerations, and practice articulating recommendations about what to do. The course covers biomedical topics such as autonomy, informed consent, surrogate decision-making, traumatic brain injury, refusing care, medical assistance in dying, assisted reproduction, abortion, public health, organ donation, genetic screening and therapy, research and experimentation, rural medicine, and global health intervention. While this course is geared primarily to Rural Pre-Medicine students, it may be of interest to anyone concerned with biomedical research and healthcare.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. English 110 is recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Spanish

                                          SPAN 102 Beginner's Spanish I is an introductory language course designed for the absolute beginner with little or no knowledge of Spanish. The focus of this course is to help students become functionally proficient in the Spanish language through the development of the basic communication skills speaking, listening, reading, and writing, as well as the study of vocabulary, grammar, and culture.

                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          SPAN 103 Beginner's Spanish II is designed to develop the communication skills learned by the students in Spanish 102. Students will further their knowledge of the Spanish language and awareness of Spanish culture. The focus of this course is to help students become functionally proficient in the Spanish language through the development of the basic communication skills speaking, listening, reading, and writing, as well as the study of vocabulary, grammar, and culture.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          SPAN 102 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Social Sciences
                                          Anthropology

                                          ANTH 100 Introduction to Anthropology I is an introduction to the major areas within the discipline: physical and cultural anthropology, linguistics, and archaeology.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ANTH 101 Introduction to Anthropology II: Cultural Anthropology is an introduction to cultural anthropology in western and non-western societies. Through ethnographic accounts students will study world cultures both at home and abroad.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ANTH 110 Introduction to Biological Anthropology introduces theories, methods, and research in biological anthropology. Topics include the study of genetics, human and non-human primates, morphological variations, the human fossil record, trends and debates in human evolution, and bio cultural adaptations.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ANTH 201 Ethnic Relations is an introduction to the comparative study of 'race' from local to international contexts. The course explores social stratification according to race and ethnicity and looks at the motivations and consequences of such classifications and their relationships to other forms of stratification.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. ANTH 100 or ANTH 101 recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ANTH 205 Anthropology of Religion provides an introduction to the comparative study of religious beliefs, practices, and movements. Classic and contemporary approaches in the anthropology of religion are explored in ethnographic context, examining the similarities and variations in systems of religious belief.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. ANTH 100 or ANTH 101 recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ANTH 210 Introduction to Archaeology outlines the basic concepts and terms and short history of the discipline; field concepts and methods; survey, excavation, stratigraphy and other recording, artifact cataloguing and conservation; sampling and approached to dating; seriation, behavioural patterning; classical, prehistoric and historical archaeology.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent minimum of 60%. ANTH 100 or ANTH 110 are strongly recommended. ANTH 101 is recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ANTH 211 Archaeology Field Methods provides students with instruction and practical experience in basic methods and techniques of archaeological fieldwork, including mapping, excavation, recording, processing of artifacts, analysis and reporting. This is a field methods class requiring students to live and work together as a group while they learn field methods and contribute to the success of an archaeological research project.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, ANTH 100, ANTH 101 and ANTH 110 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
                                          Corequisites
                                          ANTH 210
                                          Credits
                                          6.00
                                          Communications

                                          CMNS 200 Intercultural Communications explores the inherent relationship between culture, language, and communication, as well as examines basic concepts such as identity, assumptions, stereotypes, beliefs, value systems, and globalization. Barriers to effective intercultural communication are identified and strategies for overcoming them explored. The focus of this course is to help students develop meaningful strategies to communicate in today's culturally diverse communities.

                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Economics

                                          ECON 104 Economic Analysis for Small Business is designed to engage students with contemporary global and Canadian issues, and with some of the region's competitive markets. Students will survey contemporary news publications and other data sources, analyzing their contents to identify economic concepts and management implications. Focus will be on identifying the economic impacts on business resulting from the cloud of seemingly chaotic global events.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Program Admission Standards. Acceptance to PGBM program
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ECON 106 Principles of Macroeconomics covers: national income accounts, national income determination model, monetary system, monetary and fiscal policy, problems with the Macro System, inflation, unemployment, etc.; international trade - balance of payments, exchange rates, capital flows.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          ECON 107 Principles of Microeconomics usually taken following Economics 106 Principles of Macroeconomics. Topics covered include: supply and demand - price supports, the agricultural problem, value theory, theory of the firm - competition, pollution, industrial organization - monopoly, public utilities, advertising, income distribution - labour unions, productivity.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Geography

                                          GEOG 136 Geography of British Columbia. British Columbia is one of the most diverse and richly endowed provinces in Canada, both in terms of its natural resources and the diversity of its people. This introductory course will cover the physical geography (physiographic regions, geomorphology, climatology, and biogeography), resource issues (natural resources, industry, and conservation) and cultural geography (First Nations, ethnic diversity, rural and urban communities) of British Columbia.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          GEOG 140 Introduction to Cultural Geography studies the relationships between culture, space, place, and the environment. A wide variety of cultures, their landscapes, and the changes they are undergoing will be examined through a geographic lens. Through Cultural Geography we will begin to understand cultural differences and open up new possibilities for solving our own problems as well as for viewing the rest of the world in less judgmental terms.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Psychology

                                          PSYC 100 Introductory Psychology I is an introduction to the methods, theory and practice of psychology as a science. Among others, topics will include motivation and emotion, learning and memory, biological foundations, sensation and perception. Other topics are added at the discretion of the individual instructor. Class demonstrations and activities are used to illustrate concepts. Teaching methods and resources in the course vary with the instructor.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PSYC 101 Introductory Psychology II covers topics include thinking and other cognitive processes, development of the individual, personality, mental disorders, health and social psychology. Other topics are added at the discretion of the instructor. Class demonstrations and activities are used to illustrate concepts. Teaching methods and resources in the course vary with the instructor.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PSYC 200 Biological Psychology is recommended for majors in psychology or other biological sciences. It will emphasize fundamental neurological processes which underlie sensation, perception, learning, and motivation, and will also explore selected topics in other areas.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PSYC 100 and PSYC 101. Students may enrol PSYC 101 and PSYC 200 concurrently.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PSYC 202 Research Methods. This course introduces prospective Psychology majors to the major methodological principles that guide research in Psychology. The primary focus is on experimental design, but students will be exposed to some elementary statistics. Topics include critical thinking and scientific reasoning, principles of measurement, types of variables, validity and reliability, and research ethics. Weekly labs offer hands-on applications of basic concepts to the design of research.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PSYC 100 and PSYC 101. Students may enrol in PSYC 101 and PSYC 200 concurrently.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PSYC 230 Mental Health and Psychological Disorders I is the study of Abnormal Behaviour. Initially we will study the key concepts of major personality theories as they apply to abnormal psychology. This is followed by an introduction to the DSMIV (or DSMV) Classification System and research strategies used in abnormal psychology. The course begins its examination of specific disorders by considering disorders related to anxiety, trauma and stress. The final unit looks at Depressive and Bipolar disorders and Suicide.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Two semesters of Introductory Psychology with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PSYC 231 Mental Health and Psychological Disorders II is the second of two courses which study psychological disorders. In this course we will examine psychotic, pervasive and other major psychological disorders. We will consider the causes, prognoses and treatments of such disorders as: affective disorders; the schizophrenias; developmental disorders; eating disorders; substance-abuse disorders; and sexual disorders.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PSYC 230 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PSYC 240 Child Development is an introduction to normal child development; this course explores selected aspects of the physical, cognitive, emotional, and moral development of children from birth to middle childhood; and examines the major theories of child development.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PSYC 100 or equivalent
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PSYC 241 Adult Development is an introduction to teenage and adult development. This course explores selected aspects of the physical, cognitive, emotional, and moral development from adolescence thru late adulthood.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PSYC 100 or equivalent
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Sociology

                                          SOC 120 Introduction to Sociology I introduces students to the discipline. The sociological perspective is examined, along with the associated concepts and methods. Attention is directed to major areas such as culture, socialization, stratification and deviance. Students have an opportunity to research topics of interest.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology II examines the social life as it occurs in families, formal organizations, religion, political movements and other social systems. Student research projects are part of the course.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          SOC 120 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          SOC 200 Deviance and Social Control analyzes the processes by which some behaviour comes to be identified as deviant and the social means of control of such behaviour through the criminal justice system are examined analytically.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          SOC 205 Introduction to Social Research introduces students to research methods in the social sciences. Students will be introduced to the major procedures for carrying out systematic investigation of the social world. It will encourage students to critically evaluate the methods, strategies and data that are used by social scientists and provide training in analysis of a range of qualitative and quantitative data.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Second year students (min. 30 completed credits)
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          SOC 215 Canadian Social Structure is a macro level analysis of factors such as (but not limited to) ethnicity, region, gender and class as a basis for understanding contemporary Canadian society.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          SOC 225 Introduction to Sociological Theory is designed to introduce students to the major nineteenth and twentieth century thinkers who shaped the development of sociological theory. In exploring sociology's theoretical heritage, the course seeks also to foster an appreciation of what theory is and how necessary and useful it is for studying and understanding the social world.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          SOC 120 and SOC 121(Selkirk College), or the equivalent of 6 units of Introductory Sociology from other institutions.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Women's Studies

                                          WS 100 Women's Studies I is an inter-disciplinary course designed to introduce students to the study of women in global cultures as portrayed through literature and sociological studies. Topics to be covered include the women's movement, sexuality, ''herstory'', gender roles, philosophy, and law.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          WS 101 Women's Studies II is a continuation of Women's Studies 100, WS 101 is an interdisciplinary course designed to expand on the study of women in global cultures as portrayed through literature and sociological studies; however, students do not need WS 100 as a prerequisite. Topics to be covered include women and religion, politics, health and reproductive technologies, and inequality in paid and unpaid labour.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Sciences
                                          Biochemistry

                                          BIOC 302 General Biochemistry builds on principles of biochemistry explored in BIOL 206. The biosynthesis of lipids, amino acids and nucleotides will be discussed. DNA, RNA and protein metabolic pathways will be explored, along with regulatory mechanisms. The laboratory component uses techniques introduced in BIOL 206 to study the fundamental components of cellular function.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          BIOL 204, BIOL 206, CHEM 212 and CHEM 213 or equivalent with a minimum of 60% in all.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Biology

                                          BIOL 101 Current Issues in Biology is a course designed for non-science majors who need a laboratory science as a required course for their program of studies. This course examines major themes in biology in the context of current issues, and allows students to apply the knowledge, skills and concepts learned in order to make informed decisions about their everyday lives. The course will have an overarching theme of human wellness, and will examine topics such as disease and health, the gut microbiome, genetically modified organisms, climate change, and overpopulation, while incorporating biological topics such cell structure and function, anatomy and physiology, genetics, evolution, and ecology. A strong emphasis is placed on the development of critical thinking skills through problem solving, examining current scientific events, and through laboratory analysis. This course does not fulfill the requirements for a science major's course and cannot be substituted for Biology 104 or Biology 106.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Math 11 is recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          BIOL 104 Biology I is a course designed for those students who require first year Majors biology in their program of study or who wish to go on to further study in biology. The course includes cell biology, biochemistry, and an examination of the processes of life in the plant and animal body. A strong emphasis is placed on the development of critical thinking skills through problem solving, a scientific research proposal, and laboratory analysis.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Biology 12 and Chemistry 11 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          BIOL 106 Biology II. Along with BIOL 104 (Biology I), this course provides an overview of the study of living things. Biology 106 presents topics in population, community and ecosystem ecology, and classical and molecular genetics. Evolution provides a unifying theme for the course. A strong emphasis is placed on the development of critical thinking skills through problem solving, case studies and laboratory investigation.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Biology 12 and Chemistry 11, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          BIOL 164 Human Anatomy and Physiology I. This course provides an integrative approach to the normal structure and function of the human body. Repair and replication, structural support, nervous integration, movement and metabolism are examined at the cellular, tissue and system levels. Recent scientific discoveries are presented as a means of relating the systems studied to various applied disciplines including health care and Kinesiology.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Biology 12 and Chemistry 11, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. One of Biology 11, Chemistry 12, or Physics 12 . (Biology 11 is recommended.)
                                          Credits
                                          4.00

                                          BIOL 165 Human Anatomy and Physiology II is a continuation of Biology 164. This course covers the cardiovascular, respiratory, lymphatic, urinary and digestive systems. Endocrinology is discussed throughout as a means of integrating the various systems to the function of the body as a whole. The focus remains on application of knowledge gained in this course.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          BIOL 164 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          4.00

                                          BIOL 200 Principles of Ecology provides an introduction to the major principles of ecology.  Ecology is the study of the interactions between organisms and their environment and how these interactions determine the distribution and abundance of organisms.  Interactions between biotic and abiotic systems are discussed as they apply to individuals, populations, communities, and ecosystems.  Topics include patterns in the physical environment, behavioural ecology, population dynamics, interactions between species, ecosystem energetics and global biodiversity.  In the laboratory, basic statistical methods for ecology are used to analyse data gathered in field and laboratory experiments.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          BIOL 106 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          BIOL 202 Principles of Genetics. This course provides the student with a knowledge of classical and reverse genetics. Topics covered include Mendelian inheritance, chromosome theory of heredity, sex determination, mutation, the structure and function of genes, molecular genetics, and the genetic structure of populations. Experimental techniques used in molecular genetics are also introduced.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          BIOL 104 and BIOL 106, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          BIOL 204 Cell Biology provides the student with a thorough knowledge of cell structure and function. Topics covered include biomolecules, membranes, organelles, cell movement, cell signaling, gene regulation, and transcription and translation. Experimental techniques used in modern cellular and molecular biology are also introduced.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          BIOL 104 and BIOL 106, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          BIOL 206 Introductory Biochemistry provides an introduction to biochemistry including protein structure and function, and representative catabolic and anabolic pathways. Topics covered include water, enzyme kinetics and enzyme structure and function. Experimental techniques used in biochemistry and molecular biology are also introduced.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          BIOL 104 and BIOL 106, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. NOTE: Students are advised to take CHEM 212 as a prerequisite and CHEM 213 concurrently with BIOL 206.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          BIOL 212 Introduction to Microbiology is a survey of the microbial world, with discussions of the medical and ecological significance of key organisms. The biology of micro-organisms (including bacteria and viruses) is a key focal point, but there will also be discussions of immunology and pathology. The laboratory component will build basic skills necessary to perform and interpret research in the fields of medical microbiology, industrial microbiology, environmental microbiology, immunology and virology. A basic knowledge of biology will be presumed, including basic cell biology, ecology, physiology, biochemistry and metabolism.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          BIOL 104 and BIOL 106, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%, or another six credits of 100-level Biology.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Chemistry

                                          CHEM 110 Fundamentals of Chemistry I is an introductory general chemistry course leading into science or engineering programs for students who have taken CHEM 11 (or equivalent) or who need improvement to their chemistry background. It provides an extensive review of the fundamentals of chemical nomenclature, reactions and stoichiometry involving solids, gases and solutions. Current theories for atomic and molecular structure are introduced. The course ends with an investigation of intermolecular forces in liquids and solids. The lab portion of this course is the same as CHEM 122.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Chemistry 11 and Pre-calculus Math 11, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CHEM 122 General Chemistry I is an introductory general chemistry course leading into science or engineering programs for students who have a solid chemistry background, including Chemistry 12 or equivalent. After a short review of fundamental chemistry, classical and quantum mechanical concepts are used to discuss atomic and molecular structure. The course ends with an investigation of intermolecular forces in liquids and solids. The lab work stresses scientific observations and measurements using chemical syntheses and quantitative analyses.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Chemistry 12 or CHEM 110 and Pre-calculus 11, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%. Pre-calculus 12 or equivalent is recommended.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CHEM 125 Fundamentals of Chemistry II is the continuation for either CHEM 110 or CHEM 122. The course consists of two major units: physical chemistry and organic chemistry. The study of physical chemistry begins with an investigation of reaction rates (kinetics), followed by the principles of equilibria applied to pure substances and aqueous solutions, and an introduction to the laws of thermodynamics. The second major unit is a survey of the field of organic chemistry; topics include the physical and chemical properties of alkanes and alkenes, stereochemistry, and addition, substitution, and elimination reactions. The laboratory work involves the measurement of physical and chemical properties as well as chemical syntheses.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          CHEM 110 or CHEM 122, or equivalent with a minimum of 60 %
                                          Credits
                                          4.00

                                          CHEM 212 Organic Chemistry I explores the relationship between the structures of carbon-containing molecules and their physical and chemical properties. Some topics from 1st-year general chemistry are reviewed briefly: alkanes, stereochemistry, alkenes, and nucleophilic substitution and elimination reactions of alkyl halides. The correlation between structure and acidity is investigated, and the chemistry of alkynes and alcohols is examined. Structure-determination techniques, including IR and NMR, are explored. The laboratory work for this course provides practical experiences with separation/purification techniques, molecular synthesis, and qualitative analytical methods applied to organic compounds.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          CHEM 125 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CHEM 213 Organic Chemistry II is a continuation of CHEM 212. The survey of organic families is continued with a study of aldehydes and ketones, carboxylic acid derivatives, aromatics and amines. The chemistry of a variety of compounds of biological interest is also discussed. The laboratory work involves synthesis and organic structure determination.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          CHEM 212, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CHEM 225 Physical Chemistry for Biosciences presents the basic concepts of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics that apply to biological systems. Students will explore why gases would behave differently at different conditions (e.g. deep sea diving, high altitude, other planets), how ideal engines function, why some reactions spontaneous, how do we explain the effect of salting roads in winter, how batteries and our metabolism generate energy, how kinetics is related to thermodynamics (why diamonds do not break down into graphene) and how we use of spectroscopy to explore biological structures. In the laboratory, quantitative properties of systems are measured, to illustrate the theory discussed in lectures.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          CHEM 125 and MATH 101, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Computer Sciences

                                          CPSC 100 Introduction to Computer Programming I is an introductory object-oriented (OO) programming course with emphasis on basic programming constructs, algorithms, program design, and good programming practices. This course will introduce a high-level language to illustrate programming basics. Students will develop and test small OO programs which loop, make decisions, access arrays, define classes, instantiate objects, and invoke methods.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Math 12
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          CPSC 101 Introduction to Computer Programming II course is a continuation of CPSC 100 with emphasis on more advanced programming techniques and design, development and test of large applications. Students will write programs which make use of library functions to display graphical user interfaces, manage collections of data, access files and databases, and interact with other programs.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          CPSC 100, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Geography

                                          GEOG 130 Introduction to Physical Geography (Lab Science) is a study of the natural processes which occur at/or near Earth's surface in the biosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere and lithosphere. Emphasis is placed on our local and regional physical geography as we examine: weather, climate, ocean currents, climate change; biogeography, soils, hydrology, and the development of slopes and fluvial landforms. An important component of the course is the integrated aspect of these natural processes and the influence of human activities on our landscapes. Throughout the course students will develop skills reading and interpreting data from maps, remotely sensed images, tables, graphs and text. Students will use this information to recognize patterns and solve problems. Students will practice making field observations and taking field notes.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Pre-calculus 11, Foundations 11, or Principles of Math 11. or equivalent with minimum of 60%.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          GEOG 232 Geomorphology. Our planet is undergoing a period of accelerated change. As such, GEOG 232 is a timely lab science course in which students will learn about the dynamic processes that shape the Earth’s surface. We will explore the geomorphic forces that are at play in various environments such as alpine and continental glaciers, permafrost areas, river systems, deserts, and coastal regions, and discover the resultant landforms. We will also examine anthropogenic effects on different landscapes and how climate change is altering the face of the Earth.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          GEOG 130 or GEOL 132 or ENVR 164
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Geology

                                          GEOL 132 Physical Geology, earth's origin, composition, structure and natural resources. Global and local examples of plate tectonics as the driving force for volcanism, mountain building and earthquakes. Imaging Earth's interior and exploring its dynamic interaction with the surface. Introduction to rock and mineral identification. Surficial processes such as weathering, erosion and mass wasting and their relationship to the rock cycle.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent, with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          Geology 142 Introduction to Historical Geology introduces basic concepts for measuring geological time by applying stratigraphic principles, paleontology and radioactive decay. The course explores the geological and paleontological record of the Earth, with particular reference to North America and Western Canada. Other topics include adaptation and extinction of life forms as seen in the fossil record, the interaction of geological processes and biological evolution and mechanisms of past global environmental and climate change.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          English Studies 12, or equivalent, with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Mathematics

                                          MATH 097 Calculus Refresher is a refresher for MATH 100 and is held one week before fall classes start. This courses takes a quick look at critical skills/topics needed to be successful in calculus: a review of graphs of basic functions algebra solving equations trigonometry exponential and logarithmic functions.

                                          Credits
                                          0.00

                                          Math 99 Environment and Geomatics Math Refresher course will help prepare you for the math skills needed to complete the Environment and Geomatics program at Selkirk College. Topics include solving equations, trigonometry, and problem solving skills.

                                          Credits
                                          0.00

                                          MATH 100 Calculus I is a course designed to provide students with the background in calculus needed for further studies. This course includes a review of functions and graphs; limits; the derivative of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions; applications of the derivative including related rates, maxima, minima, velocity and acceleration; the definite integral; an introduction to elementary differential equations; and applications of integration including velocity, acceleration, areas, and growth and decay problems.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Pre-Calculus 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          MATH 101 Calculus II is a sequel to Math 100 for students who wish to major in science, math or engineering and includes the definite integral, applications of the definite integral to volume, arc length and surface area of revolution; inverse trig functions; techniques of integration; improper integrals; parametric equations and polar coordinates; linear first order differential equations; and an introduction to infinite series; convergence and power series; Taylor Polynomials.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          MATH 100, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          MATH 140 Calculus I for Social Sciences is an introductory course in calculus designed to provide students majoring in business, the life sciences or the social sciences with the necessary mathematical background for further study in these areas. The course includes functions, limits, the derivative and its application, anti-differentiation and the indefinite integral and an introduction to differential equations.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Pre-calculus 12, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          MATH 180 Mathematics for Teachers, introduces future elementary school teachers and others to the Mathematical content and principals of British Columbia elementary school curriculum. In the process of taking a theoretical and historical, in depth look at the curriculum, students will be encouraged to develop comfort and confidence with mathematics as well as the ability to communicate mathematically and solve mathematical problems.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Foundations of Mathematics 11, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          4.00

                                          Math 181 Problem Solving is designed to follow Math 180 and introduces students to more in-depth problem solving. Students will solve problems in class in smaller groups and out of class individually. Students will develop problem-solving ability as well as oral and written presentation skills. This course is intended for all non-science majors. It may be especially useful for students who want to prepare to teach math at the elementary school level and have completed MATH 180.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Foundations of Mathematics 11, or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          Math 221 Introductory Linear Algebra. Topics covered in the course include the solution of systems of linear equations through Gaussian elimination; matrices and matrix algebra; vector spaces and their subspaces; coordinate mappings and other linear transformations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; similarity and diagonalization; and constructions involving inner products such as orthogonal projections, the construction of Gram-Schmidt bases and least-square approximations. Although the course devotes a substantial amount of time to computational techniques, it should also lead the student to develop geometrical intuitions, to appreciate and understand mathematical abstraction, and to construct some elementary proofs.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Math 100 or equivalent, with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Physics

                                          Physics 102 Basic Physics I is an algebra-based survey of mechanics. Course material includes basic concepts of vectors, particle kinematics and dynamics, energy, momentum, circular and rotational motion, thermal properties of matter, vibrations and sound, and fluids.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Physics 11 or Math 12 or equivalent
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PHYS 103 Basic Physics II is an algebra-based survey of the basics of electromagnetism and modern physics. This course is suitable for those pursuing studies in the life sciences or others who do not plan to pursue careers in the physical sciences or engineering. We first study electrostatics of particles. This leads into electric circuits involving resistors and capacitors. Next we look at magnetism. Finally we investigate topics applicable to life sciences, such as electromagnetic waves, sound, and nuclear physics. The lab component of the course is an opportunity to reinforce concepts and content from the course, and to develop experimental method and reporting results.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PHYS 102 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          Physics 104 Fundamental Physics I is a calculus based overview of the fundamentals of classical mechanics. This course is suitable for those interested in further study in the physical sciences and in engineering. Classical mechanics describes the physical phenomena occurring in the real world around us. We study linear and rotational motion of objects, and then consider how forces cause motion, using Newton's laws. We next use conservation of energy and conservation of momentum to describe the motion of objects. Finally we investigate heat transfer and simple harmonic motion. These topics form a basis for future physical science and engineering courses.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Physics 12 or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Corequisites
                                          MATH 100
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PHYS 105 Fundamental Physics II is a calculus-based survey of the basics of electromagnetism. This course is suitable for those interested in further study in the physical sciences and in engineering. Electricity and magnetism form the basis for all modern electrical devices we utilize today and design for the future. We first study electrostatics of particles and simple objects. Then we investigate circuits involving electrical devices such as resistors, capacitors, and inductors. We next study how electricity and magnetism interact with each other both in circuits and in waves. Finally we look at modern subjects in physics such as semiconductors or nuclear physics. These topics form a basis for future physical science and engineering courses.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PHYS 104 and MATH 100 with a minimum of 60%
                                          Corequisites
                                          MATH 101
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          PHYS 200 Principles of Mechanics, is an introduction to equilibrium mechanics. It is the study of the forces required to maintain equilibrium of a rigid body. Vectors, free body diagrams, forces, and moments will be introduced to provide the mathematical framework for setting up equations to solve equilibrium problems in three dimensions. Some applications include analysis of beams, trusses, frames, distributed loads, dry friction, and centroids. This course is generally for students enrolled in the engineering transfer program.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          PHYS 105, MATH 101 or equivalent with minimum of 60%, or admission to the First-year Engineering Transfer Program.
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Statistics

                                          STAT 105 Introduction to Statistics is intended for social, environmental science, and business students, or others who would benefit from a one-term statistics course. Topics include estimation of means and hypothesis testing. Applications are explored.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Math 11 at any level or equivalent with a minimum of 60%
                                          Credits
                                          3.00

                                          STAT 206 Probability and Statistics is an introductory applied statistics course for math, science, and engineering students. Topics include: set theory, probability, discrete and continuous variables and their distributions, joint probability distributions, point estimates, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing based on one or two samples. If time permits, we will discuss ANOVA tests as well as correlation and regression.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          MATH 100
                                          Credits
                                          3.00
                                          Applied Sciences

                                          ENGR 100 Engineering Design and Communication I is an introduction to the principles of engineering design, engineering drawing and sustainable practice. This knowledge will be applied to practical projects to be undertaken by teams of learners. Learners experience integrated development and demonstrate writing, research, design and presentation skills through research and a design project.

                                           

                                          ENGR 100 is a requirement for all students completing the First-Year Engineering Transfer program.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          Admission to the First-Year Engineering Transfer program.
                                          Credits
                                          3

                                          ENGR 101 Engineering Design and Communication II integrates instruction and activities in technical communications (written and oral) with engineering design. The learner will be introduced to fundamental principles and practical aspects of mechanical, electrical, and software engineering and will apply this knowledge in developing and implementing designs. The design methodology first covered in the ENGR 100 Engineering Design and Communication I course will continue to be developed. Learners will work in teams to execute a design project. Major written assignments will be based primarily on the design work done in this course.

                                          Prerequisites
                                          ENGR 100
                                          Credits
                                          3.0

                                          Effective Term:

                                          Fall, Winter, Spring

                                          Grading Table:

                                          Standard Academic and Career Programs

                                          W

                                          Winter Tracking In The Kootenays

                                          Tracks and footprints are a great way to become familiar with your local wildlife, even if you never see the animals that leave the prints. This blended course, which includes an online lecture and an outdoor field trip, teaches you how to identify common wildlife footprints.

                                          Meet the Instructor
                                           
                                          Lisa Buckley is a vertebrate paleontologist with 17 years of experience with the fossil dinosaur footprints and bones of British Columbia. Lisa also has a lifelong passion for birds and fossilized bird footprints! She runs the science communication project Bird Glamour (https://lisagbuckley.com/scicomm-bird-glamour/), where she uses cosmetics as a conversation starter to get people interested in birds and bird conservation. For more information, please see https://lisagbuckley.com/.

                                          Visit our registration page for course locations, times and fees.

                                          Register Now

                                           

                                          Workplace Hazardous Materials (Online)

                                          Category

                                          Hazardous materials abound in many workplaces. Identify hazardous products, read and make labels, understand where to find treatment if you or someone else is exposed. Available online for your convenience.

                                          Once your registration is complete, you will receive an email in a 24-hour period on website and login information.

                                          Tuition for online courses is non-refundable or transferable.

                                          Visit our registration page for course locations, times and fees.

                                          Register Now

                                           

                                          X